WO2014064999A1 - Display device with touch panel - Google Patents

Display device with touch panel Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2014064999A1
WO2014064999A1 PCT/JP2013/073134 JP2013073134W WO2014064999A1 WO 2014064999 A1 WO2014064999 A1 WO 2014064999A1 JP 2013073134 W JP2013073134 W JP 2013073134W WO 2014064999 A1 WO2014064999 A1 WO 2014064999A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
film
layer
touch panel
polarizer
conductive
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/JP2013/073134
Other languages
French (fr)
Japanese (ja)
Inventor
啓史 別宮
梅田 博紀
Original Assignee
コニカミノルタ株式会社
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by コニカミノルタ株式会社 filed Critical コニカミノルタ株式会社
Priority to JP2014543171A priority Critical patent/JP5958550B2/en
Priority to KR1020157009671A priority patent/KR101662466B1/en
Publication of WO2014064999A1 publication Critical patent/WO2014064999A1/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B32LAYERED PRODUCTS
    • B32BLAYERED PRODUCTS, i.e. PRODUCTS BUILT-UP OF STRATA OF FLAT OR NON-FLAT, e.g. CELLULAR OR HONEYCOMB, FORM
    • B32B23/00Layered products comprising a layer of cellulosic plastic substances, i.e. substances obtained by chemical modification of cellulose, e.g. cellulose ethers, cellulose esters, viscose
    • B32B23/20Layered products comprising a layer of cellulosic plastic substances, i.e. substances obtained by chemical modification of cellulose, e.g. cellulose ethers, cellulose esters, viscose comprising esters
    • GPHYSICS
    • G02OPTICS
    • G02BOPTICAL ELEMENTS, SYSTEMS OR APPARATUS
    • G02B1/00Optical elements characterised by the material of which they are made; Optical coatings for optical elements
    • G02B1/10Optical coatings produced by application to, or surface treatment of, optical elements
    • G02B1/16Optical coatings produced by application to, or surface treatment of, optical elements having an anti-static effect, e.g. electrically conducting coatings
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B32LAYERED PRODUCTS
    • B32BLAYERED PRODUCTS, i.e. PRODUCTS BUILT-UP OF STRATA OF FLAT OR NON-FLAT, e.g. CELLULAR OR HONEYCOMB, FORM
    • B32B17/00Layered products essentially comprising sheet glass, or glass, slag, or like fibres
    • B32B17/06Layered products essentially comprising sheet glass, or glass, slag, or like fibres comprising glass as the main or only constituent of a layer, next to another layer of a specific material
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B32LAYERED PRODUCTS
    • B32BLAYERED PRODUCTS, i.e. PRODUCTS BUILT-UP OF STRATA OF FLAT OR NON-FLAT, e.g. CELLULAR OR HONEYCOMB, FORM
    • B32B23/00Layered products comprising a layer of cellulosic plastic substances, i.e. substances obtained by chemical modification of cellulose, e.g. cellulose ethers, cellulose esters, viscose
    • B32B23/04Layered products comprising a layer of cellulosic plastic substances, i.e. substances obtained by chemical modification of cellulose, e.g. cellulose ethers, cellulose esters, viscose comprising such cellulosic plastic substance as the main or only constituent of a layer, which is next to another layer of the same or of a different material
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B32LAYERED PRODUCTS
    • B32BLAYERED PRODUCTS, i.e. PRODUCTS BUILT-UP OF STRATA OF FLAT OR NON-FLAT, e.g. CELLULAR OR HONEYCOMB, FORM
    • B32B7/00Layered products characterised by the relation between layers; Layered products characterised by the relative orientation of features between layers, or by the relative values of a measurable parameter between layers, i.e. products comprising layers having different physical, chemical or physicochemical properties; Layered products characterised by the interconnection of layers
    • B32B7/04Interconnection of layers
    • B32B7/12Interconnection of layers using interposed adhesives or interposed materials with bonding properties
    • GPHYSICS
    • G02OPTICS
    • G02BOPTICAL ELEMENTS, SYSTEMS OR APPARATUS
    • G02B5/00Optical elements other than lenses
    • G02B5/30Polarising elements
    • G02B5/3025Polarisers, i.e. arrangements capable of producing a definite output polarisation state from an unpolarised input state
    • GPHYSICS
    • G06COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
    • G06FELECTRIC DIGITAL DATA PROCESSING
    • G06F3/00Input arrangements for transferring data to be processed into a form capable of being handled by the computer; Output arrangements for transferring data from processing unit to output unit, e.g. interface arrangements
    • G06F3/01Input arrangements or combined input and output arrangements for interaction between user and computer
    • G06F3/03Arrangements for converting the position or the displacement of a member into a coded form
    • G06F3/041Digitisers, e.g. for touch screens or touch pads, characterised by the transducing means
    • G06F3/0412Digitisers structurally integrated in a display
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B32LAYERED PRODUCTS
    • B32BLAYERED PRODUCTS, i.e. PRODUCTS BUILT-UP OF STRATA OF FLAT OR NON-FLAT, e.g. CELLULAR OR HONEYCOMB, FORM
    • B32B2307/00Properties of the layers or laminate
    • B32B2307/20Properties of the layers or laminate having particular electrical or magnetic properties, e.g. piezoelectric
    • B32B2307/202Conductive
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B32LAYERED PRODUCTS
    • B32BLAYERED PRODUCTS, i.e. PRODUCTS BUILT-UP OF STRATA OF FLAT OR NON-FLAT, e.g. CELLULAR OR HONEYCOMB, FORM
    • B32B2307/00Properties of the layers or laminate
    • B32B2307/40Properties of the layers or laminate having particular optical properties
    • B32B2307/42Polarizing, birefringent, filtering
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B32LAYERED PRODUCTS
    • B32BLAYERED PRODUCTS, i.e. PRODUCTS BUILT-UP OF STRATA OF FLAT OR NON-FLAT, e.g. CELLULAR OR HONEYCOMB, FORM
    • B32B2457/00Electrical equipment
    • B32B2457/20Displays, e.g. liquid crystal displays, plasma displays
    • B32B2457/208Touch screens

Definitions

  • the present invention relates to a display measure with a touch panel in which a touch panel and a display device are bonded via an adhesive layer.
  • touch panels are used as one of means for inputting to these electronic devices.
  • the touch panel has optical transparency, and when it is bonded to a liquid crystal display device, for example, it is attached to the polarizing plate side of the liquid crystal panel via an adhesive.
  • a touch panel mounted on the surface of an information display unit of a mobile terminal is light-transmitting from the viewpoint of making the information displayed on the information display unit easy to see and not breaking even if the mobile terminal is dropped.
  • a high-quality plastic plate was used.
  • the plastic plate is made thin in order to pursue the reduction in thickness and weight required for the portable terminal, the strength of the plastic plate is insufficient.
  • a glass substrate having higher strength than a plastic plate has been used for a touch panel mounted on the surface of an information display unit.
  • the glass substrate when a glass substrate is used, the glass substrate may be damaged when the mobile terminal is dropped, and the fragments may be scattered. For this reason, it has been conventionally studied to use a glass scattering prevention film by bonding it to the surface of a glass substrate.
  • a polyethylene terephthalate (PET) film that is inexpensive and has an anti-scattering effect is used as a glass anti-scattering film. Since the PET film generally has low adhesion to the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer, in order to improve the adhesion, a PET film with an easy adhesion layer provided with a thin film called an easy adhesion layer is used.
  • the PET film may generate interference fringes due to the refractive index relationship and may reduce the visibility of display information.
  • a triacetyl cellulose film with an adhesive layer is used instead of a PET film, and it is studied to prevent scattering of the glass substrate by bonding to the outermost surface of the glass substrate as a protective film. (For example, refer to Patent Document 1).
  • touch panels there are various types of touch panels, one of which is a capacitive touch panel.
  • this capacitive touch panel an X electrode pattern formed on a transparent substrate so as to extend in the X direction by a transparent conductive film, and Y formed so as to extend in the Y direction by another transparent conductive film.
  • An electrode pattern is provided.
  • the X electrode pattern and the Y electrode pattern include a rectangular pattern and a diamond pattern, which are formed using ITO (Indium Tin Oxide).
  • ITO Indium Tin Oxide
  • a transparent optical double-sided tape OCA; Optical
  • the electrostatic capacitance type touch panel of Patent Document 2 includes a two-layer transparent conductive film extending in directions orthogonal to each other and the touch surface is a glass substrate. By using only one glass substrate, the entire touch panel is reduced in thickness.
  • the touch panel of Patent Document 3 employs a configuration in which only one electrode layer on the substrate is provided, and a shield layer is provided on the opposite side of the substrate from the electrode layer.
  • JP 2011-209512 A (refer to claim 1, paragraph [0012], FIG. 1, etc.)
  • JP 2011-186717 A (refer to claim 1, paragraphs [0016] and 0022], FIG. 1 and the like)
  • Japanese Patent Laying-Open No. 2012-008255 (see paragraph [0107], FIG. 4 etc.)
  • the polarizing plate of the liquid crystal display device to which the touch panel is bonded has a structure in which a polarizer is sandwiched between a surface protective film (film on the touch panel side) and a back surface protective film (film on the display panel side).
  • a method of bonding the surface protective film and the back surface protective film to the polarizer there is a method of bonding by ultraviolet irradiation (UV irradiation).
  • UV irradiation ultraviolet irradiation
  • an ultraviolet curable adhesive is applied to the front and back surfaces of the polarizer, the UV light is irradiated to the adhesive in a state where the polarizer is sandwiched between the front and back protective films, and the adhesive is cured.
  • UV irradiation an ultraviolet curable adhesive is applied to the front and back surfaces of the polarizer, the UV light is irradiated to the adhesive in a state where the polarizer is sandwiched between the front and back protective films, and the adhesive is cured.
  • the shield layer when the above-described shield layer is bonded to a film by aqueous coating, or when the polarizer is formed of a PVA (polyvinyl alcohol) film, moisture is contained in the shield layer or the polarizer.
  • the moisture permeability of the back surface protective film of the polarizer is high, the moisture is absorbed by the back surface protective film, and the retardation (retardation) of the back surface protective film varies. Since the back surface protective film is positioned on the display panel side with respect to the polarizer, if the phase difference of the back surface protective film fluctuates, display unevenness such as white spots occurs during black display.
  • the glass substrate is located in the outermost layer of the touch panel (the layer opposite to the display device), the moisture cannot pass through the glass substrate and cannot escape to the outside of the touch panel. Then, the polarizer may be deteriorated by the moisture, resulting in a reddish display during black display.
  • an object of the present invention is to suppress a decrease in the yield of touch panels and malfunction due to electrical noise, and to adhere a protective film to both sides of a polarizer via an ultraviolet curable adhesive.
  • An object of the present invention is to provide a display device with a touch panel that can suppress disorder of the orientation of the polarizer due to curing shrinkage of the agent, fluctuation of the retardation of the back surface protective film, and deterioration of the polarizer due to moisture.
  • a display device with a touch panel in which the electrode layer side of a touch panel having an electrode layer on a glass substrate and the polarizing plate side of a display device having a polarizing plate on a display panel are bonded via an adhesive layer.
  • the electrode layer of the touch panel is composed of one layer, and a conductive film is bonded on the electrode layer,
  • the conductive film is made of a cellulose ester film and is formed by a water-based coating of a conductive material on the side opposite to the electrode layer with respect to the scattering prevention film for preventing the glass substrate from scattering.
  • the polarizing plate includes a polarizer, a surface protective film bonded to the touch panel side of the polarizer via an ultraviolet curable adhesive, and an ultraviolet curable adhesive on the display panel side of the polarizer.
  • a back surface protective film bonded through The back surface protective film is a following optical film moisture permeability 200g / m 2 / 24h
  • the surface protective film is a cellulose ester film having a plasticizer and having a thickness of 15 to 30 ⁇ m, and the polarizing film passes through a surface opposite to the side where the plasticizer is unevenly distributed in the thickness direction of the film.
  • optical film of the back surface protective film is a film made of any one of acrylic, cyclic polyolefin, and polycarbonate.
  • the electrode layer on a glass substrate is one layer in a touch panel, the fall of the yield by the disconnection of the electrode layer at the time of cutting a glass substrate, and the fall of productivity of a touch panel can be suppressed. . Further, scattering of the glass substrate due to impact or the like can be prevented by the anti-scattering film, and further, electrical noise from the display device can be blocked by the conductive layer, and malfunction of the touch panel can be suppressed.
  • the surface protective film is a surface opposite to the side where a large amount of plasticizer is unevenly distributed in the thickness direction of the cellulose ester film. Since the adhesive is bonded to the polarizer through the adhesive, it suppresses the curing shrinkage of the adhesive due to ultraviolet irradiation, and a lot of plasticizer is arranged on the surface on the touch panel side, so that the stress when the touch panel is pressed is reduced. It can be absorbed by a cellulose ester film. As a result, it is possible to suppress the disorder of the orientation of the polarizer and to suppress the decrease in contrast.
  • the back surface protective film of a polarizing plate includes the following optical film moisture permeability 200g / m 2 / 24h.
  • both the scattering prevention film and the surface protective film of the polarizing plate contain a cellulose ester film having high moisture absorption and moisture permeability, the moisture can be trapped (captured) by both cellulose ester films. . Thereby, it can suppress that a polarizer deteriorates with the said water
  • the cellulose ester film of the surface protective film is as thin as 15 to 30 ⁇ m, it is easy for water to escape from the polarizer to the anti-scattering film via the surface protective film, and the deterioration of the polarizer due to moisture is ensured. Can be suppressed.
  • the numerical value range includes the values of the lower limit A and the upper limit B.
  • FIG. 1 is a cross-sectional view illustrating a schematic configuration of a display device with a touch panel according to the present embodiment. As shown in the figure, the display device with a touch panel is configured by bonding the display device 10 and the touch panel 20 through an adhesive layer 30.
  • the display device 10 is configured by laminating a polarizing plate 2 on a display panel 1.
  • the display panel 1 can be configured by a liquid crystal display panel (LCD: Liquid Crystal Display) or an organic EL (OLED: Organic light-Emitting Diode) display.
  • LCDs and OLEDs have a plurality of pixels arranged in a matrix, and display is performed by turning on / off the driving of each pixel by a switching element such as a TFT (Thin Film Transistor).
  • TFT Thin Film Transistor
  • the polarizing plate 2 includes a polarizer 3 that transmits predetermined linearly polarized light, a film 4 that is laminated on the touch panel 20 side of the polarizer 3, and a film 5 that is laminated on the display panel 1 side of the polarizer 3 (back surface protective film). ) And.
  • the polarizer 3 is obtained by, for example, dyeing a polyvinyl alcohol film with a dichroic dye and stretching the film at a high magnification. After being subjected to an alkali treatment (also referred to as a saponification treatment), the above-described films 4 and 5 are converted into the polarizer 3.
  • the adhesive is bonded to each of these surfaces via an ultraviolet curable adhesive, and the solvent is removed by drying and the adhesive is cured by ultraviolet irradiation (UV irradiation).
  • the film 4 is configured as a hard coat film in which a hard coat layer 4b is laminated on a film substrate 4a (surface protective film), and has a function of protecting the surface of the polarizing plate 2 (polarizer 3).
  • the film substrate 4a can be composed of various materials, but in the present embodiment, among them, it is composed of a cellulose ester film having a thickness of 15 to 30 ⁇ m. Cellulose ester film, the moisture permeability is as high as about 800g / m 2 / 24h with a thickness 80 ⁇ m terms has excellent hygroscopicity.
  • the hard coat layer 4b is made of, for example, an active energy ray-curable resin and has a thickness of several ⁇ m.
  • the film 4 may be configured as a protective film by itself (without laminating a hard coat layer) alone, the film 4 may be a hard coat film in which a hard coat layer 4b is formed on the film substrate 4a.
  • the function of protecting the surface of the polarizing plate 2 can be enhanced.
  • the film substrate 4a is a thin film, the display panel 1 is easily damaged when the touch panel is pressed.
  • the film 4 as a hard coat film, such damage is caused. Occurrence can be suppressed.
  • the film substrate 4a has a plasticizer. Although details of the plasticizer material will be described later, this plasticizer is added to the cellulose ester film for the purpose of improving moisture permeability, fluidity of the composition, and flexibility of the film.
  • the cellulose ester film can be formed by a solution casting film forming method, which will be described later.
  • the plasticizer is in the thickness direction of the film. It becomes easy to be unevenly distributed. That is, the concentration of the plasticizer increases on one side than the center in the thickness direction of the film, and decreases on the other side.
  • the surface (namely, the harder surface) opposite to the surface (namely, the softer surface) on which the plasticizer is unevenly distributed in the thickness direction is polarized.
  • a bonding surface with the child 3 is used, and the bonding surface and the polarizer 3 are bonded to each other with an ultraviolet curable adhesive.
  • the surface on the side where a lot of plasticizers are unevenly distributed can be identified by, for example, analysis with a time-of-flight secondary ion mass spectrometer (TOF-SIMS).
  • TOF-SIMS time-of-flight secondary ion mass spectrometer
  • the hard coat layer 4b described above is formed on the surface of the film substrate 4a on which the plasticizer is unevenly distributed (the surface on the side opposite to the polarizer 3).
  • the polarizing plate 2 is comprised as a circularly-polarizing plate (or elliptical polarizing plate) for external light reflection prevention.
  • the film 5 on the display panel 1 side of the polarizer 3 is an optical film that imparts an in-plane retardation of about 1 ⁇ 4 of the wavelength to the transmitted light. It is preferable that the polarizer 3 and the film 5 are bonded together so that the axis (transmission axis or absorption axis) and the slow axis of the film 5 intersect at an angle of about 45 °.
  • the film 5 may be provided simply as a protective film for a polarizer, or may be a protective film that also serves as a retardation film having a desired optical compensation function. As described above, when the display panel 1 is an OLED display, the film 5 is preferably an optical film that imparts an in-plane retardation of about 1 ⁇ 4 of the transmission wavelength.
  • the film 5 in this embodiment is comprised with the optical film whose water vapor transmission rate is 200 g / m ⁇ 2 > / 24h or less.
  • a film made of acrylic, cyclic polyolefin (COP), or polycarbonate (PC) resin can be used.
  • the moisture permeability of acrylic 100g / m 2 / 24h.
  • a 40 [mu] m the moisture permeability of the COP 0.1g / m 2 / 24h.
  • Is 40 ⁇ m moisture permeability of the PC is 100g / m 2 / 24h. It is about 40 ⁇ m.
  • the moisture permeability in this invention represents what was measured on test conditions 40 degreeC and 90% RH.
  • the scattering prevention film 25 and the surface protection film (film substrate 4a), which will be described later, provided outside the polarizer 3 have no influence on the polarization state even if the phase difference fluctuates due to moisture.
  • a cellulose ester film having high water absorption can be preferably used.
  • the touch panel 20 is a capacitive touch panel, and has an electrode pattern 22 (electrode layer) made of a transparent conductive film (for example, ITO) and an interlayer insulating layer 23 on a glass substrate 21. That is, in the touch panel 20, only one glass substrate 21 is used, and the thin touch panel 20 is configured as compared with the configuration using two glass substrates.
  • electrode pattern 22 electrode layer
  • ITO transparent conductive film
  • the surface of the glass substrate 21 (the surface opposite to the electrode pattern 22) is a touch surface of the touch panel 20.
  • the electrode pattern 22 is formed on the glass substrate 21 so as to extend in one direction (for example, the X direction).
  • the interlayer insulating layer 23 is formed on the glass substrate 21 so as to cover the electrode pattern 22.
  • the electrode pattern 22 When the surface of the touch panel 20 is pressed with a finger, the electrode pattern 22 is grounded through the human body at the touched point, and the resistance value between the electrode pattern 22 and the ground line changes. By detecting the change in the resistance value by an external detection circuit connected to the electrode pattern 22, the coordinates of the touched point are specified.
  • a conductive film 24 is bonded onto the electrode pattern 22 (on the interlayer insulating layer 23) via an adhesive layer (not shown).
  • the conductive film 24 includes a scattering prevention film 25 and a conductive layer 26.
  • the scattering prevention film 25 includes a cellulose ester film, and is provided to prevent the glass substrate 21 from scattering due to external impact or the like.
  • a cellulose ester film a cellulose triacetate film having a retardation Ro in the in-plane direction of 0 nm to 10 nm can be used. In this case, since there is little interference due to the phase difference in the in-plane direction, it is possible to improve the visibility when viewing the display panel 10 with the naked eye via the touch panel 20.
  • the bonding angle of the scattering prevention film 25 with respect to the polarizer 3 is preferably 0 ° to 15 °.
  • the bonding angle is an angle formed by the optical axis (transmission axis or absorption axis) of the polarizer 3 and the slow axis of the scattering prevention film 25.
  • the direction of the slow axis of the anti-scattering film 25 is determined by an Abbe refractometer (1T) in an in-plane average refractive index at a light wavelength of 590 nm under an environment of a temperature of 23 ° C. and a relative humidity of 55% RH. Can be obtained by measuring. By setting it as such an angle, even when the retardation of the in-plane direction of a scattering prevention film changes a little, an optical influence can be reduced.
  • the anti-scattering film 25 a cellulose diacetate film having a retardation Ro in the in-plane direction of 30 nm to 200 nm may be used.
  • the anti-scattering film is disposed so that the slow axis thereof is in the direction of 10 to 80 ° with respect to the optical axis (transmission axis or absorption axis) of the polarizer 3.
  • the linearly polarized light transmitted through the polarizer 3 can be changed to elliptically polarized light or circularly polarized light, so that the visibility when viewing the display device 10 with polarized sunglasses can be improved. .
  • the conductive layer 26 is formed by water-based application of a conductive material on the side opposite to the electrode pattern 22 with respect to the scattering prevention film 25.
  • a conductive material such as silver nanowire (AgNW) and copper nanowire (CuNW)
  • the conductive fiber and conductive polymer which consist of metal nanowires, such as silver nanowire (AgNW) and copper nanowire (CuNW)
  • a conductive fiber is used preferably especially. Details of the conductive fibers such as metal nanowires will be described later.
  • the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer 30 is composed of an adhesive layer such as OCA or UV curable resin (OCR), and is formed on the entire surface of the polarizing plate 2 of the display device 10 to join the touch panel 20 and the display device 10 together. Yes.
  • the electrode layer on the glass substrate 21 is one layer of the electrode pattern 22 in the touch panel 20, compared with the structure of two electrode layers, the electrode layer at the time of cutting the glass substrate 21 It is possible to suppress a decrease in yield due to the disconnection of wire and thus a decrease in productivity of the touch panel 20.
  • the scattering prevention film 25 can prevent the scattering of the glass substrate 21 due to impact or the like. Further, in a thin configuration in which a single glass substrate is used, the touch panel 20 is close to the display device 10 and easily receives electrical noise from the display device 10. However, since the conductive film 24 includes the conductive layer 26, the electrical noise can be blocked by the conductive layer 26. Therefore, even if such a thin configuration is used, an error of the touch panel 20 due to the electrical noise is caused. Operation can be suppressed.
  • the conductive layer 26 that blocks electrical noise can be reliably realized.
  • the film 4 and the film 5 of the polarizing plate 3 are bonded to the polarizer 3 through an ultraviolet curable adhesive
  • the film 4 includes a cellulose ester film
  • the plasticizer in the cellulose ester film Is bonded to the polarizer 3 through a surface opposite to the surface on the side where a large amount of is unevenly distributed.
  • the hard coat layer 4b is provided on the surface of the film 4 (cellulose ester film) on the side with a large amount of plasticizer, the surface of the film 4 becomes soft and easily absorbs stress when the touch panel 20 is pressed. Therefore, the hard coat film can be made difficult to break.
  • the film 5 of the polarizing plate 3 includes the following optical film moisture permeability 200g / m 2 / 24h.
  • moisture content of the polarizer 3 become difficult to permeate
  • the above effect can be obtained with certainty.
  • both the scattering prevention film 25 of the conductive film 24 and the film 4 of the polarizing plate 3 contain cellulose ester films having high hygroscopicity and high moisture permeability, so that the moisture is trapped (captured) by both cellulose ester films. )can do. Thereby, it can suppress that the polarizer 3 deteriorates with the said water
  • the cellulose ester film included in the film 4 is as thin as 15 to 30 ⁇ m, water easily escapes from the polarizer 3 through the film 4 to the scattering prevention film 25, and the polarizer 3 is deteriorated by moisture. Can be reliably suppressed.
  • a film substrate 4a which is a protective film on the touch panel 20 side of the polarizing plate 2 is composed of a cellulose ester film having a thickness of 15 to 30 ⁇ m.
  • the cellulose ester resin used will be described in detail later.
  • the film 5 is a protective film of the display panel 1 side of the polarizing plate 2 is not particularly limited and may be a thermoplastic resin or a thermosetting resin, moisture permeability is less than 200 g / m 2 / 24h Film Specifically, it is desirable to use an optical film made of acrylic resin, cyclic polyolefin (COP), polycarbonate (PC), or the like.
  • COP cyclic polyolefin
  • PC polycarbonate
  • thermoplastic resin The thermoplastic resin that can be used for the film 5 refers to a resin that becomes soft when heated to a glass transition temperature or a melting point and can be molded into a desired shape.
  • thermoplastic resins include cellulose esters, polyethylene (PE), high density polyethylene, medium density polyethylene, low density polyethylene, polypropylene (PP), polyvinyl chloride (PVC), polyvinylidene chloride, polystyrene. (PS), polyvinyl acetate (PVAc), Teflon (registered trademark) (polytetrafluoroethylene, PTFE), ABS resin (acrylonitrile butadiene styrene resin), AS resin, acrylic resin (PMMA), or the like can be used.
  • PE polyethylene
  • PVC polyvinyl chloride
  • PS polyvinylidene chloride
  • PS polystyrene.
  • PVAc polyvinyl acetate
  • Teflon registered trademark
  • AS resin acrylic resin
  • PMMA acrylic resin
  • PA polyamide
  • nylon polyacetal
  • PC polycarbonate
  • m-PPE modified polyphenylene ether
  • PBT polybutylene terephthalate
  • PET Polyethylene terephthalate
  • GF-PET glass fiber reinforced polyethylene terephthalate
  • COP cyclic polyolefin
  • polyphenylene sulfide PPS
  • polytetrafluoroethylene PTFE
  • polysulfone polyethersulfone
  • amorphous polyarylate liquid crystal polymer
  • polyether Ether ketone thermoplastic polyimide (PI)
  • PAI polyamideimide
  • a cellulose ester resin as the film substrate 4a, and as the film 5, a polycarbonate resin, a polyethylene terephthalate resin, an acrylic resin, or a polyolefin resin. Is preferably used.
  • Cellulose ester resins that can be used for the film 4a in this embodiment are cellulose (di, tri) acetate, cellulose propionate, cellulose butyrate, cellulose acetate propionate, cellulose acetate butyrate, cellulose acetate phthalate, and cellulose. It is preferably at least one selected from phthalates.
  • particularly preferred cellulose esters include cellulose triacetate, cellulose propionate, cellulose butyrate, cellulose acetate propionate, and cellulose acetate butyrate.
  • substitution degree of the mixed fatty acid ester more preferable cellulose acetate propionate and lower fatty acid ester of cellulose acetate butyrate have an acyl group having 2 to 4 carbon atoms as a substituent, and the substitution degree of the acetyl group is X.
  • substitution degree of propionyl group or butyryl group is Y, it is preferably a cellulose resin containing a cellulose ester that simultaneously satisfies the following formulas (I) and (II).
  • cellulose acetate propionate is particularly preferably used. Among them, 1.9 ⁇ X ⁇ 2.5 and 0.1 ⁇ Y ⁇ 0.9 are preferable.
  • the part not substituted with the acyl group is usually present as a hydroxyl group. These can be synthesized by known methods.
  • the cellulose ester used in the present embodiment is preferably one having a weight average molecular weight Mw / number average molecular weight Mn ratio of 1.5 to 5.5, particularly preferably 2.0 to 5.0,
  • the cellulose ester is more preferably 2.5 to 5.0, and more preferably 3.0 to 5.0 cellulose ester.
  • the raw material cellulose of the cellulose ester used in this embodiment may be wood pulp or cotton linter.
  • the wood pulp may be coniferous or hardwood, but coniferous is more preferred.
  • a cotton linter is preferably used from the viewpoint of releasability during film formation.
  • the cellulose ester made from these can be mixed suitably or can be used independently.
  • the ratio of cellulose ester derived from cellulose linter: cellulose ester derived from wood pulp (coniferous): cellulose ester derived from wood pulp (hardwood) is 100: 0: 0, 90: 10: 0, 85: 15: 0, 50:50: 0, 20: 80: 0, 10: 90: 0, 0: 100: 0, 0: 0: 100, 80:10:10, 85: 0: 15, 40:30:30 can be used. .
  • 1 g of cellulose ester resin is added to 20 ml of pure water (electric conductivity of 0.1 ⁇ S / cm or less, pH 6.8), and the pH when stirred in a nitrogen atmosphere at 25 ° C. for 1 hr.
  • the electrical conductivity is 6 to 7 and the electrical conductivity is 1 to 100 ⁇ S / cm.
  • [Film production method] As a method for producing a film substrate, production methods such as a normal inflation method, a T-die method, a calendar method, a cutting method, a casting method, an emulsion method, and a hot press method can be used. A casting method such as a melt casting film forming method is preferably used.
  • a casting method such as a melt casting film forming method is preferably used.
  • the film base material cellulose ester film
  • a surface protection film since it is necessary to make a plasticizer unevenly distribute in a film thickness direction, it forms into a film by the solution casting film forming method especially.
  • the preferable manufacturing method of a film base material is demonstrated.
  • the dissolution step is a step in which a dope is formed by dissolving a thermoplastic resin, a heat-shrinkable material, and other additives in an organic solvent mainly composed of a good solvent for the thermoplastic resin while stirring. is there.
  • a good solvent refers to an organic solvent having good solubility in a thermoplastic resin in an optical film manufacturing method by a solution casting film forming method, and also shows a main effect on dissolution, among which a large amount
  • the organic solvent used in the above is called a main (organic) solvent or a main (organic) solvent.
  • thermoplastic resin For the dissolution of the thermoplastic resin, a method carried out at normal pressure, a method carried out below the boiling point of the main solvent, a method carried out under pressure above the boiling point of the main solvent, JP-A-9-95544, JP-A-9-95557 Alternatively, various dissolution methods such as a method using a cooling dissolution method as described in JP-A-9-95538 and a method using a high pressure as described in JP-A-11-21379 can be used. The method of pressurizing at a boiling point or higher is preferred.
  • the return material refers to a material obtained by finely pulverizing a film, which is generated when a film is formed, a material obtained by cutting off both sides of the film, or a film raw material that has been speculated out due to scratches or the like.
  • the dope is fed to a pressure die through a liquid feed pump (for example, a pressurized metering gear pump), and transferred to an endless metal belt such as a stainless steel belt or a rotating metal.
  • a liquid feed pump for example, a pressurized metering gear pump
  • This is a step of casting a dope from a pressure die slit to a casting position on a metal support such as a drum.
  • ⁇ Pressure dies that can adjust the slit shape of the die base and make the film thickness uniform are preferred.
  • the pressure die include a coat hanger die and a T die, and any of them is preferably used.
  • the surface of the metal support is a mirror surface.
  • two or more pressure dies may be provided on the metal support, and the dope amount may be divided and stacked. Or it is also preferable to obtain the film of a laminated structure by the co-casting method which casts several dope simultaneously.
  • the solvent evaporation process is a process in which a web (a dope film formed by casting a dope on a casting support) is heated on the casting support to evaporate the solvent.
  • the web on the support after casting is preferably dried on the support in an atmosphere of 40 to 100 ° C. In order to maintain the atmosphere at 40 to 100 ° C., it is preferable to apply hot air at this temperature to the upper surface of the web or heat by means such as infrared rays.
  • Peeling process is a process of peeling the web which the solvent evaporated on the metal support body in a peeling position. The peeled web is sent to the next process.
  • the temperature at the peeling position on the metal support is preferably 10 to 40 ° C, more preferably 11 to 30 ° C.
  • the amount of residual solvent at the time of peeling of the web on the metal support at the time of peeling is preferably 50 to 120% by mass depending on the strength of drying conditions, the length of the metal support, and the like. If the web is peeled off at a time when the amount of residual solvent is larger, if the web is too soft, the flatness at the time of peeling will be lost, and slippage and vertical stripes are likely to occur due to the peeling tension. The amount of solvent is determined.
  • the peeling tension when peeling the metal support and the film is usually 196 to 245 N / m. If wrinkles easily occur during peeling, it is preferable to peel with a tension of 190 N / m or less, and further peel with a minimum tension that can be peeled up to 166.6 N / m, and then with a minimum tension of 137.2 N / m. Although it is preferable, it is particularly preferable to peel at a minimum tension of -100 N / m.
  • the temperature at the peeling position on the metal support is preferably ⁇ 50 to 40 ° C., more preferably 10 to 40 ° C., and most preferably 15 to 30 ° C.
  • Drying and stretching step In the drying and stretching step, after peeling, a drying device that transports the web alternately through a plurality of rolls arranged in the drying device, and / or a tenter that clips and transports both ends of the web with clips. This is a step of drying the web using a stretching device.
  • the drying means is generally one that blows hot air on both sides of the web, but there is also a means for heating by applying microwaves instead of wind. Too rapid drying tends to impair the flatness of the resulting film. Drying at a high temperature is preferably performed from about 8% by mass or less of the residual solvent. Throughout, drying is generally performed at 40-250 ° C. In particular, drying at 40 to 160 ° C. is preferable.
  • tenter stretching apparatus When using a tenter stretching apparatus, it is preferable to use an apparatus that can independently control the film gripping length (distance from the start of gripping to the end of gripping) left and right by the left and right gripping means of the tenter. In the tenter process, it is also preferable to intentionally create sections having different temperatures in order to improve planarity.
  • the stretching operation may be performed in multiple stages, and it is also preferable to perform biaxial stretching in the casting direction and the width direction.
  • biaxial stretching When biaxial stretching is performed, simultaneous biaxial stretching may be performed or may be performed stepwise.
  • stepwise means that, for example, stretching in different stretching directions can be sequentially performed, stretching in the same direction is divided into multiple stages, and stretching in different directions is added to any one of the stages. Is also possible. That is, for example, the following stretching steps are possible.
  • simultaneous biaxial stretching includes stretching in one direction and contracting the other while relaxing the tension.
  • the preferred draw ratio of simultaneous biaxial stretching can be in the range of x1.01 to x1.5 times in both the width direction and the longitudinal direction.
  • the amount of residual solvent of the web when stretching is preferably 20 to 100% by mass at the start of stretching, and drying is preferably performed while stretching until the amount of residual solvent of the web is 10% by mass or less. More preferably, it is 5% by mass or less.
  • the drying temperature when stretching is preferably 30 to 160 ° C, more preferably 50 to 150 ° C, and most preferably 70 to 140 ° C.
  • the temperature distribution in the width direction of the atmosphere is small from the viewpoint of improving the uniformity of the film, and the temperature distribution in the width direction in the stretching step is preferably within ⁇ 5 ° C, and within ⁇ 2 ° C. Is more preferable, and within ⁇ 1 ° C. is most preferable.
  • Winding process is a process in which the amount of residual solvent in the web is 2% by mass or less and is wound as a film by a winder, and the amount of residual solvent is 0.4% by mass or less. Thus, a film having good dimensional stability can be obtained. It is particularly preferable to wind up at 0.00 to 0.10% by mass.
  • a generally used one may be used, and there are a constant torque method, a constant tension method, a taper tension method, a program tension control method with a constant internal stress, etc., and these may be used properly.
  • the protective film according to this embodiment is preferably a long film.
  • the protective film has a thickness of about 100 m to 5000 m and is usually provided in a roll shape.
  • the film width is preferably 1.3 to 4 m, more preferably 1.4 to 2 m.
  • the composition containing a resin used for melt extrusion is usually preferably kneaded in advance and pelletized.
  • Pelletization may be performed by a known method, for example, an additive consisting of a dried thermoplastic resin and a heat-shrinkable material is supplied to an extruder with a feeder, and kneaded using a single-screw or twin-screw extruder, It can be pelletized by extruding into a strand from a die, water cooling or air cooling, and cutting.
  • an additive consisting of a dried thermoplastic resin and a heat-shrinkable material is supplied to an extruder with a feeder, and kneaded using a single-screw or twin-screw extruder, It can be pelletized by extruding into a strand from a die, water cooling or air cooling, and cutting.
  • cellulose ester easily absorbs moisture, it is preferable to dry it at 70 to 140 ° C. for 3 hours or more with a dehumidifying hot air dryer or a vacuum dryer so that the moisture content is 200 ppm or less, and further 100 ppm or less.
  • Additives may be mixed before being supplied to the extruder, or may be supplied by individual feeders. Moreover, in order to mix a small amount of additives, such as particle
  • the antioxidant may be mixed with each other, and if necessary, the antioxidant may be dissolved in a solvent, impregnated with a thermoplastic resin and mixed, or mixed by spraying. May be.
  • a vacuum nauter mixer or the like. Further, if the contact with air, such as the exit from the feeder unit or die, it is preferable that the atmosphere such as dehumidified air and dehumidified N 2 gas.
  • the extruder is preferably processed at as low a temperature as possible so as to be able to be pelletized so that the shear force is suppressed and the resin does not deteriorate (molecular weight reduction, coloring, gel formation, etc.).
  • a twin screw extruder it is preferable to rotate in the same direction using a deep groove type screw. From the uniformity of kneading, the meshing type is preferable.
  • Film formation is performed using the pellets obtained as described above. It is also possible to feed the raw material powder directly to the extruder with a feeder and form a film as it is without pelletization.
  • the pellets produced are extruded using a single-screw or twin-screw extruder, the melting temperature Tm during extrusion is set to about 200 to 300 ° C., filtered through a leaf disk type filter or the like to remove foreign matter, and then the T-die The film is coextruded into a film, solidified on a cooling roll, and cast while pressing with an elastic touch roll. Tm is the temperature of the die exit portion of the extruder.
  • defects are also referred to as die lines, but in order to reduce surface defects such as die lines, it is preferable to have a structure in which the resin retention portion is minimized in the piping from the extruder to the die. . It is preferable to use a die that has as few scratches as possible inside the lip.
  • the inner surface that comes into contact with the molten resin is preferably subjected to surface treatment that makes it difficult for the molten resin to adhere to the surface by reducing the surface roughness or using a material with low surface energy.
  • a hard chrome plated or ceramic sprayed material is polished so that the surface roughness is 0.2 S or less.
  • the cooling roll is not particularly limited, but may be a roll having a structure in which a heat medium or a cooling medium capable of temperature control flows through a highly rigid metal roll.
  • the size of the cooling roll is not limited, it may be sufficient to cool the melt-extruded film, and the diameter of the cooling roll is usually about 100 mm to 1 m.
  • the surface material of the cooling roll includes carbon steel, stainless steel, aluminum, titanium and the like. Further, in order to increase the hardness of the surface or improve the releasability from the resin, it is preferable to perform a surface treatment such as hard chrome plating, nickel plating, amorphous chrome plating, or ceramic spraying.
  • the surface roughness of the cooling roll surface is preferably 0.1 ⁇ m or less in terms of Ra, and more preferably 0.05 ⁇ m or less.
  • the smoother the roll surface the smoother the surface of the resulting film.
  • the surface processed is further polished to have the above-described surface roughness.
  • Examples of the elastic touch roll include JP-A-03-124425, JP-A-08-224772, JP-A-07-1000096, JP-A-10-272676, WO97 / 028950, JP-A-11-235747, JP-A-2002-2002. It is possible to use a silicon rubber roll whose surface is coated with a thin film metal as described in JP-A-36332, JP-A-2005-172940 and JP-A-2005-280217.
  • the film base material of this embodiment can be comprised with a composite resin film.
  • a method for producing a composite resin film it can be produced by a production method of an embodiment having a film forming step by a coextrusion method.
  • a film having a laminated structure can also be produced by a coextrusion method.
  • a film having a structure of skin layer / core layer / skin layer can be produced.
  • the matting agent can be contained in the skin layer in a large amount or only in the skin layer.
  • the plasticizer and the ultraviolet absorber can be contained in the core layer more than the skin layer, and may be contained only in the core layer.
  • the type of plasticizer and ultraviolet absorber can be changed between the core layer and the skin layer.
  • the skin layer contains a low-volatile plasticizer and / or an ultraviolet absorber, and the core layer has excellent plasticity.
  • the glass transition temperature of the skin layer and the core layer may be different, and the glass transition temperature of the core layer is preferably lower than the glass transition temperature of the skin layer. At this time, the glass transition temperatures of both the skin and the core can be measured, and an average value calculated from these volume fractions can be defined as the glass transition temperature Tg and similarly handled. Also, the viscosity of the melt containing the cellulose ester during melt casting may be different between the skin layer and the core layer, and the viscosity of the skin layer> the viscosity of the core layer or the viscosity of the core layer ⁇ the viscosity of the skin layer may be used.
  • the above-mentioned co-extrusion method uses a plurality of extruders to heat and melt the resin to be laminated from each other, and after the respective resins are merged, co-extrusion is performed from the slit-shaped discharge port of the T die.
  • a feed block method in which the molten resin is joined and then the manifold is widened
  • a multi-manifold method in which the molten resin is spread by the manifold and then joined together. Either of them can be used.
  • the film substrate preferably contains an antioxidant as an additive.
  • Preferred antioxidants are phosphorous or phenolic, and it is more preferred to combine phosphorous and phenolic simultaneously.
  • the antioxidant that can be suitably used in the present embodiment will be described.
  • a phenolic antioxidant is preferably used, and a hindered phenol compound is particularly preferably used.
  • phosphorus antioxidant phosphorus compounds such as phosphite, phosphonite, phosphinite, or tertiary phosphane can be used.
  • a conventionally known compound can be used as the phosphorus compound.
  • the addition amount of the phosphorus compound is usually 0.01 to 10 parts by mass, preferably 0.05 to 5 parts by mass, and more preferably 0.1 to 3 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the resin.
  • antioxidants Dilauryl-3,3′-thiodipropionate, dimyristyl-3,3′-thiodipropionate, distearyl-3,3′-thiodipropionate, pentaerythrityltetrakis (3-laurylthiopropionate) Nate) and other sulfur-based antioxidants, 2-tert-butyl-6- (3-tert-butyl-2-hydroxy-5-methylbenzyl) -4-methylphenyl acrylate, 2- [1- (2-hydroxy -3,5-di-tert-pentylphenyl) ethyl] -4,6-di-tert-pentylphenyl acrylate, a heat resistant processing stabilizer such as 3,4-dihydro-2H-1 described in JP-B-08-27508 -Benzopyran compounds, 3,3'-spirodichroman compounds, 1,1-spiroindane compounds, morpholine, thio
  • the film substrate according to the present embodiment can contain various compounds as additives depending on the purpose.
  • the acid scavenger preferably comprises an epoxy compound as an acid scavenger described in US Pat. No. 4,137,201.
  • Epoxy compounds as such acid scavengers are known in the art and are derived by condensation of diglycidyl ethers of various polyglycols, particularly about 8-40 moles of ethylene oxide per mole of polyglycol.
  • Metal glycol compounds such as polyglycols, diglycidyl ethers of glycerol (eg, those conventionally used in and together with vinyl chloride polymer compositions), epoxidized ether condensation products, bisphenol A Diglycidyl ethers (ie, 4,4'-dihydroxydiphenyldimethylmethane), epoxidized unsaturated fatty acid esters (especially esters of alkyls of about 2 to 2 carbon atoms of fatty acids of 2 to 22 carbon atoms (eg Butyl epoxy stealey ), And various epoxidized long chain fatty acid triglycerides, etc.
  • polyglycols diglycidyl ethers of glycerol (eg, those conventionally used in and together with vinyl chloride polymer compositions), epoxidized ether condensation products, bisphenol A Diglycidyl ethers (ie, 4,4'-dihydroxydiphenyldimethylmethane), epoxidized
  • epoxidized vegetable oils and other unsaturated natural oils which are sometimes epoxidized, which can be represented and exemplified by compositions such as epoxidized soybean oil
  • these are referred to as natural glycerides or unsaturated fatty acids and these fatty acids generally contain 12 to 22 carbon atoms
  • Light stabilizers include hindered amine light stabilizer (HALS) compounds, which are known compounds, such as US Pat. No. 4,619,956, columns 5-11 and US Pat. , 839, 405, as described in columns 3 to 5, including 2,2,6,6-tetraalkylpiperidine compounds, or acid addition salts thereof, or complexes of these with metal compounds It is. Furthermore, the light stabilizer described in JP 2007-63311 A can be used.
  • HALS hindered amine light stabilizer
  • UV absorber from the viewpoint of preventing deterioration due to ultraviolet rays, those having excellent absorption ability of ultraviolet rays having a wavelength of 370 nm or less and those having little absorption of visible light having a wavelength of 400 nm or more are preferable from the viewpoint of liquid crystal display properties.
  • examples include oxybenzophenone compounds, benzotriazole compounds, salicylic acid ester compounds, benzophenone compounds, cyanoacrylate compounds, nickel complex compounds, etc., but benzophenone compounds and less colored benzotriazole compounds preferable.
  • ultraviolet absorbers described in JP-A-10-182621 and JP-A-8-337574, and polymer ultraviolet absorbers described in JP-A-6-148430 may be used.
  • the ultraviolet absorber in an amount of 0.1 to 20% by mass, more preferably 0.5 to 10% by mass, and further preferably 1 to 5% by mass. Two or more of these may be used in combination.
  • Fine particles such as a matting agent can be added to the film substrate of the present embodiment, and examples of the fine particles include inorganic compound fine particles and organic compound fine particles.
  • the fine particles include inorganic fine particles such as silicon dioxide, titanium dioxide, aluminum oxide, zirconium oxide, calcium carbonate, kaolin, talc, calcined calcium silicate, hydrated calcium silicate, aluminum silicate, magnesium silicate, and calcium phosphate.
  • Crosslinked polymer fine particles can be mentioned.
  • silicon dioxide is preferable because it can reduce the haze of the resin substrate.
  • fine particles such as silicon dioxide are surface-treated with an organic material, but such particles are preferable because they can reduce the haze of the resin substrate.
  • a plasticizer can be used in combination with the cellulose ester film in order to improve moisture permeability, fluidity of the composition, and flexibility of the film.
  • the plasticizer include phthalate esters, fatty acid esters, trimellitic esters, phosphate esters, polyesters, sugar esters, acrylic polymers, and the like. Among these, from the viewpoint of moisture permeability, polyester-based and sugar ester-based polymer plasticizers are preferably used.
  • plasticizers are preferably added in an amount of 0.5 to 30 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the cellulose ester film.
  • a hard coat layer may be formed on the surface of the surface protective film (film substrate 4a) for the purpose of surface protection.
  • the hard coat layer is preferably composed of, for example, an active energy ray curable resin.
  • the active energy ray-curable resin refers to a resin that cures through a crosslinking reaction or the like by irradiation with active rays such as ultraviolet rays or electron beams, and specifically, a resin having an ethylenically unsaturated group. More specifically, an ultraviolet curable urethane acrylate resin, an ultraviolet curable polyester acrylate resin, an ultraviolet curable epoxy acrylate resin, an ultraviolet curable polyol acrylate resin, an ultraviolet curable epoxy resin, or the like is preferably used. Of these, ultraviolet curable acrylate resins are preferred.
  • polyfunctional acrylate is preferable.
  • the polyfunctional acrylate is preferably selected from the group consisting of pentaerythritol polyfunctional acrylate, dipentaerythritol polyfunctional acrylate, pentaerythritol polyfunctional methacrylate, and dipentaerythritol polyfunctional methacrylate.
  • the polyfunctional acrylate is a compound having two or more acryloyloxy groups or methacryloyloxy groups in the molecule.
  • the compounding amount of the active energy ray-curable resin in the hard coat layer composition is usually 10 to 99 parts by mass, preferably 35 to 99 parts by mass, when the total composition is 100 parts by mass.
  • the blending amount of the active energy ray-curable resin is small, it is difficult to sufficiently obtain the film strength of the hard coat layer.
  • malfunctions such as a film thickness uniformity at the time of apply
  • the hard coat layer may further contain a cationically polymerizable compound.
  • the cationically polymerizable compound is a resin that undergoes cationic polymerization by energy active ray irradiation or heat.
  • Specific examples include an epoxy group, a cyclic ether group, a cyclic acetal group, a cyclic lactone group, a cyclic thioether group, a spiro orthoester compound, and a vinyloxo group.
  • a compound having a functional group such as an epoxy group or a vinyl ether group is preferably used in this embodiment.
  • the compounding amount of the cationic polymerizable compound in the hard coat layer composition is usually 1 to 90 parts by weight when the entire composition is 100 parts by weight.
  • the amount is preferably 1 to 50 parts by mass.
  • the hard coat layer may contain fine particles.
  • the fine particles include inorganic fine particles and organic fine particles.
  • polymethacrylic acid methyl acrylate resin powder acrylic styrene resin powder, polymethyl methacrylate resin powder, silicon resin powder, polystyrene resin powder, polycarbonate resin powder, benzoguanamine resin powder, melamine resin powder
  • examples thereof include polyolefin resin powder, polyester resin powder, polyamide resin powder, polyimide resin powder, and polyfluorinated ethylene resin powder.
  • the average particle diameter of these fine particles is preferably 30 nm to 200 nm in view of the stability and clearness of the hard coat layer coating composition.
  • the hard coat layer may contain two or more kinds of fine particles having different particle sizes. From the viewpoint of easily achieving the desired pencil hardness, the hard coat layer preferably contains silica fine particles.
  • the hard coat layer contains reactive silica fine particles (Xa) surface-treated with an organic compound having a polymerizable unsaturated group.
  • the hard coat layer preferably further contains a photopolymerization initiator in order to accelerate the curing of the active energy ray-curable resin.
  • the photopolymerization initiator examples include alkylphenone series, acetophenone, benzophenone, hydroxybenzophenone, Michler's ketone, ⁇ -amyloxime ester, thioxanthone, and derivatives thereof, but are not particularly limited thereto. It is not a thing.
  • Commercially available products may be used, and preferred examples include Irgacure 184, Irgacure 907, and Irgacure 651 manufactured by BASF Japan.
  • the hard coat layer may contain an ultraviolet absorber similar to the above-described ultraviolet absorber.
  • the hard coat layer is composed of two or more layers, and the hard coat layer in contact with the film substrate contains an ultraviolet absorber, so that the objective effect of the present embodiment is satisfactorily exhibited, and the hard coat layer
  • the film strength (abrasion resistance) and the pencil hardness are preferred from the viewpoint of obtaining good results.
  • the thickness of the hard coat layer in contact with the film substrate is preferably in the range of 0.05 to 2 ⁇ m.
  • Two or more layers may be formed as a simultaneous multilayer.
  • the simultaneous multi-layering is to form a hard coat layer by applying two or more hard coat layers on a base material without going through a drying step.
  • the layers are stacked one after another with an extrusion coater or simultaneously with a slot die having a plurality of slits. Can be done.
  • a hard coat layer coating composition diluted with a solvent that swells or partially dissolves a cellulose ester film is applied, dried and cured on the cellulose ester film by the following method.
  • the method of providing is preferable from the viewpoint that interlayer adhesion between the hard coat layer and the cellulose ester film is easily obtained.
  • a solvent containing a ketone and / or an acetate ester is preferable.
  • the ketone include methyl ethyl ketone, acetone, and cyclohexanone.
  • the acetate ester include ethyl acetate, methyl acetate, and butyl acetate.
  • the hard coat layer coating composition may contain an alcohol solvent as the other solvent.
  • the coating amount of the hard coat layer coating composition is preferably 0.1 to 40 ⁇ m, more preferably 0.5 to 30 ⁇ m as a wet film thickness.
  • the dry film thickness is preferably about 5 to 20 ⁇ m, preferably 7 to 12 ⁇ m.
  • the hard coat layer is a gravure coater, a dip coater, a reverse coater, a wire bar coater, a die (extrusion) coater, a hard coat coating composition that forms a hard coat layer is applied using a known coating method such as an inkjet method, After application, the film can be dried, irradiated with actinic radiation (also referred to as UV curing treatment), and further subjected to heat treatment after UV curing as necessary.
  • the heat treatment temperature after UV curing is preferably 80 ° C. or higher, more preferably 100 ° C. or higher, and particularly preferably 120 ° C. or higher. By performing the heat treatment after UV curing at such a high temperature, the mechanical strength (rubbing resistance, pencil hardness) of the hard coat layer becomes better.
  • ⁇ Functional layer> In the hard coat film of this embodiment, functional layers such as a back coat layer, an antireflection layer and an antiglare layer can be provided in addition to the above hard coat layer.
  • a back coat layer may be provided on the surface opposite to the side on which the hard coat layer is provided in order to prevent curling and blocking.
  • the back coat layer includes silicon dioxide, titanium dioxide, aluminum oxide, zirconium oxide, calcium carbonate, calcium carbonate, talc, clay, calcined kaolin, calcined calcium silicate, tin oxide, indium oxide, Particles such as zinc oxide, ITO, hydrated calcium silicate, aluminum silicate, magnesium silicate and calcium phosphate can be added.
  • the particles contained in the backcoat layer are preferably 0.1 to 50% by mass with respect to the binder.
  • the increase in haze is preferably 0.5% or less, and particularly preferably 0.1% or less.
  • the binder a cellulose ester resin is preferable.
  • the coating composition for forming the backcoat layer preferably contains a solvent for alcohols, ketones and / or acetate ester sugars.
  • the hard coat film of the present embodiment can also be used as an antireflection film having an external light antireflection function by coating an antireflection layer on the hard coat layer.
  • the antireflection layer is preferably laminated in consideration of the refractive index, the film thickness, the number of layers, the layer order, and the like so that the reflectance is reduced by optical interference.
  • the antireflection layer is composed of a low refractive index layer having a refractive index lower than that of the film substrate as a support, or a combination of a high refractive index layer having a refractive index higher than that of the support and a low refractive index layer. Is preferred.
  • it is an antireflection layer composed of three or more refractive index layers, and three layers having different refractive indexes from the support side are divided into medium refractive index layers (high refractive index layers having a higher refractive index than the support).
  • an antireflection layer having a layer structure of four or more layers in which two or more high refractive index layers and two or more low refractive index layers are alternately laminated is also preferably used.
  • the layer structure of a film having an antireflection layer the following structure is conceivable, but is not limited thereto.
  • Cellulose acetate film / hard coat layer / low refractive index layer Cellulose acetate film / hard coat layer / medium refractive index layer / low refractive index layer Cellulose acetate film / hard coat layer / medium refractive index layer / high refractive index layer / low refractive index Layer Cellulose acetate film / hard coat layer / high refractive index layer (conductive layer) / low refractive index layer Cellulose acetate film / hard coat layer / antiglare layer / low refractive index layer
  • the low refractive index layer preferably contains silica-based fine particles, and the refractive index is preferably in the range of 1.30 to 1.45 when measured at 23 ° C. and wavelength of 550 nm.
  • the film thickness of the low refractive index layer is preferably 5 nm to 0.5 ⁇ m, more preferably 10 nm to 0.3 ⁇ m, and most preferably 30 nm to 0.2 ⁇ m.
  • the refractive index of the high refractive index layer is preferably adjusted to a range of 1.4 to 2.2 by measuring at 23 ° C. and a wavelength of 550 nm.
  • the thickness of the high refractive index layer is preferably 5 nm to 1 ⁇ m, more preferably 10 nm to 0.2 ⁇ m, and most preferably 30 nm to 0.1 ⁇ m.
  • the refractive index can be adjusted by adding metal oxide fine particles and the like.
  • the metal oxide fine particles to be used preferably have a refractive index of 1.80 to 2.60, more preferably 1.85 to 2.50.
  • an antiglare layer can be provided as a functional layer.
  • the antiglare layer reduces the visibility of the reflected image by blurring the outline of the image reflected on the film surface, so that the reflected image is reflected when using an image display device such as a liquid crystal display, an organic EL display, or a plasma display. It is a layer that keeps you from worrying.
  • the antiglare layer has an arithmetic average roughness Ra of 0.1 to 0.1 on the surface of the layer by adding fine particles or the like to the hard coat layer and pressing the mold to form protrusions on the surface. A layer adjusted to 1 ⁇ m is preferable.
  • the pressure-sensitive adhesive constituting the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer (corresponding to the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer 30 in FIG. 1) used when bonding the touch panel to the display device is not particularly limited, and a known pressure-sensitive adhesive can be used.
  • a known pressure-sensitive adhesive can be used.
  • an acrylic pressure-sensitive adhesive Silicone pressure-sensitive adhesives, urethane-based pressure-sensitive adhesives, rubber-based pressure-sensitive adhesives, polyester-based pressure-sensitive adhesives, and the like can be used, and acrylic pressure-sensitive adhesives that are relatively easy to control adhesive strength and storage elastic modulus are particularly preferable.
  • Acrylic adhesives include methyl (meth) acrylate, ethyl (meth) acrylate, n-butyl (meth) acrylate, isobutyl (meth) acrylate, n-hexyl (meth) acrylate, (meth) acrylic 1 or 2 or more kinds of alkyl esters of 1 to 20 carbon atoms such as 2-ethylbutyl acid, 2-ethylhexyl (meth) acrylate, isooctyl (meth) acrylate, decyl (meth) acrylate, and the alkyl acrylate Copolymerization with functional monomers such as (meth) acrylic acid, itaconic acid, maleic acid, maleic anhydride, 2-hydroxyethyl (meth) acrylate, and 4-hydroxybutyl (meth) acrylate that can be copolymerized with esters Combined with isocyanate crosslinker, epoxy crosslinker, aziridine crosslinker, metal
  • the thickness of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer is preferably 1 ⁇ m to 13 ⁇ m.
  • the thickness of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer is 1 ⁇ m or more, sufficient adhesive strength can be obtained, and when the thickness is 13 ⁇ m or less, it is possible to suppress the protrusion of glue during punching or cutting, and high pencil hardness is maintained.
  • a preferable thickness of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer is 3 to 12 ⁇ m.
  • the storage elastic modulus of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer is preferably 1.0 ⁇ 10 6 to 1.0 ⁇ 10 8 Pa.
  • the storage elastic modulus of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer is 1.0 ⁇ 10 6 Pa or more, sufficient punching processability, cutting processability and high pencil hardness are obtained, and when it is 1.0 ⁇ 10 8 Pa or less, sufficient adhesiveness is obtained. Power is obtained.
  • a preferable storage elastic modulus of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer is 1.5 ⁇ 10 6 to 1.0 ⁇ 10 7 Pa.
  • Examples of the method of providing the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer on the film include a method of laminating the film on the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer prepared by applying the pressure-sensitive adhesive-containing composition to the release sheet and drying it.
  • Examples of the method for applying the pressure-sensitive adhesive-containing composition include conventionally known methods such as bar coating, knife coating, roll coating, blade coating, die coating, gravure coating, and curtain coating.
  • the release sheet is typically composed of a base sheet having peelability on the surface.
  • the base sheet include films such as polyester resin, polyethylene resin, polypropylene resin, polystyrene resin, and polycarbonate resin, films in which fillers such as fillers are blended with these films, and synthetic paper.
  • paper base materials such as glassine paper, clay coat paper, and quality paper, are mentioned.
  • a release agent such as a thermosetting silicone resin or an ultraviolet curable silicone resin may be attached to the surface by coating or the like.
  • the coating amount of the release agent is preferably 0.03 to 3.0 g / m 2 .
  • the release sheet is laminated with the surface having the release agent in contact with the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer.
  • the scattering prevention film 25 is provided on the electrode layer (electrode pattern 22) in order to prevent the glass substrate 21 from scattering due to an external impact or the like.
  • the scattering prevention film 25 is composed of a cellulose ester film having a thickness of 20 to 66 ⁇ m.
  • Examples of the cellulose ester resin that can be used for the scattering prevention film 25 include cellulose ester resins that can be used for the protective film (film substrate 4a) described above.
  • a film having a retardation Ro in the in-plane direction of 0 nm to 10 nm can be preferably used.
  • a film having a retardation Ro in the in-plane direction of 0 nm to 10 nm is used, a cellulose ester having a total acyl substitution degree of 2.6 or more is preferably used, and a cellulose acetate having a total acyl substitution degree of 2.6 or more (cellulose) Triacetate) is more preferably used.
  • the cellulose ester film of the scattering prevention film 25 a film having a retardation Ro in the in-plane direction of 30 nm to 200 nm is used, and the slow axis of the scattering prevention film is 10 to 80 with respect to the transmission axis of the polarizer 3. It is preferable that they are arranged in the direction of °. With such a configuration, the linearly polarized light transmitted through the polarizer 3 can be changed to elliptically polarized light or circularly polarized light, so that the visibility when viewing the display device 10 with polarized sunglasses can be improved. .
  • a cellulose ester having a total acyl substitution degree of less than 2.6 is preferably used, and cellulose acetate (cellulose diacetate) having a total acyl substitution degree of less than 2.6 is preferably used. More preferably used.
  • the conductive layer (corresponding to the conductive layer 26 in FIG. 1) as an electromagnetic wave shielding layer formed on the scattering prevention film contains at least a conductive substance, and contains a binder, a photosensitive compound, and other components as necessary. It is desirable to contain.
  • solid structure fibers may be referred to as wires
  • hollow structure fibers may be referred to as tubes.
  • conductive fibers having an average minor axis length of 5 nm to 1,000 nm and an average major axis length of 1 ⁇ m to 100 ⁇ m may be referred to as “nanowires”.
  • a conductive fiber having an average minor axis length of 1 nm to 1,000 nm and an average major axis length of 0.1 ⁇ m to 1,000 ⁇ m and having a hollow structure may be referred to as “nanotube”.
  • the material of the conductive substance is not particularly limited as long as it has conductivity, and can be appropriately selected according to the purpose, but is preferably at least one of metal and carbon.
  • the conductive fibers are preferably at least one of metal nanowires, metal nanotubes, and carbon nanotubes.
  • a material of metal nanowire there is no restriction
  • at least one metal selected from the group consisting of the fourth period, the fifth period, and the sixth period of the Long Periodic Table (IUPAC 1991) is preferred, and at least one kind selected from Group 2 to Group 14 is preferred.
  • Metal is more preferable, and at least one metal selected from Group 2, Group 8, Group 9, Group 10, Group 11, Group 12, Group 13, and Group 14 is more preferable. It is particularly preferable to include it as a component.
  • the metal examples include copper, silver, gold, platinum, palladium, nickel, tin, cobalt, rhodium, iridium, iron, ruthenium, osmium, manganese, molybdenum, tungsten, niobium, tantel, titanium, bismuth, antimony, and lead. Or alloys thereof. Among these, silver and an alloy with silver are preferable in terms of excellent conductivity.
  • Examples of the metal used in the alloy with silver include platinum, osmium, palladium, iridium and the like. These may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
  • a shape of metal nanowire there is no restriction
  • it can take an arbitrary shape such as a columnar shape, a rectangular parallelepiped shape, or a columnar shape having a polygonal cross section.
  • a cylindrical shape or a cross-sectional shape with rounded polygonal corners is preferable.
  • the cross-sectional shape of the metal nanowire can be examined by applying a metal nanowire aqueous dispersion on the substrate and observing the cross-section with a transmission electron microscope (TEM).
  • TEM transmission electron microscope
  • the average minor axis length (sometimes referred to as “average minor axis diameter” or “average diameter”) of the metal nanowires is preferably 1 nm to 50 nm.
  • the average minor axis length is more preferably 10 nm to 40 nm, and further preferably 15 nm to 35 nm.
  • the average minor axis length of the metal nanowires was determined by observing 300 metal nanowires using a transmission electron microscope (TEM; manufactured by JEOL Ltd., JEM-2000FX) and calculating the average of the metal nanowires from the average value. Find the minor axis length. In addition, the shortest axis length when the short axis of the metal nanowire is not circular is the longest axis.
  • TEM transmission electron microscope
  • the average major axis length of the metal nanowire (sometimes referred to as “average length”) is preferably 1 ⁇ m to 40 ⁇ m. If the average major axis length is less than 1 ⁇ m, it may be difficult to form a dense network and sufficient conductivity may not be obtained. If it exceeds 40 ⁇ m, the metal nanowires are too long and manufactured. Sometimes entangled and agglomerates may occur during the manufacturing process.
  • the average major axis length is more preferably 3 ⁇ m to 35 ⁇ m, and still more preferably 5 ⁇ m to 30 ⁇ m.
  • the average major axis length of the metal nanowire is, for example, observed with 300 metal nanowires using a transmission electron microscope (TEM; manufactured by JEOL Ltd., JEM-2000FX). Find the average major axis length.
  • TEM transmission electron microscope
  • JEM-2000FX a transmission electron microscope
  • Examples of the method for producing metal nanowires include, for example, JP 2009-215594 A, JP 2009-242880 A, JP 2009-299162 A, JP 2010-84173 A, and JP 2010-86714 A.
  • the described method can be used.
  • the method for producing the metal nanowire is not particularly limited and may be produced by any method. By reducing metal ions while heating in a solvent in which a halogen compound and a dispersion additive are dissolved as follows, It is preferable to manufacture.
  • a material of a metal nanotube What kind of metal may be sufficient,
  • the material of the above-mentioned metal nanowire etc. can be used.
  • the shape of the metal nanotube may be a single layer or a multilayer, but is preferably a single layer from the viewpoint of excellent conductivity and thermal conductivity.
  • the thickness of the metal nanotube (difference between the outer diameter and the inner diameter) is preferably 3 nm to 80 nm. When the thickness is less than 3 nm, the oxidation resistance may be deteriorated and the durability may be deteriorated. When the thickness is more than 80 nm, scattering due to the metal nanotube may occur. The thickness is more preferably 3 nm to 30 nm.
  • the average long axis length of the metal nanotube is preferably 1 ⁇ m to 40 ⁇ m, more preferably 3 ⁇ m to 35 ⁇ m, and still more preferably 5 ⁇ m to 30 ⁇ m.
  • the method for producing the metal nanotube is not particularly limited and may be appropriately selected depending on the purpose.
  • the method described in US Patent Application Publication No. 2005/0056118 and the like can be used.
  • a carbon nanotube is a substance in which a graphite-like carbon atomic surface (graphene sheet) is a single-layer or multilayer coaxial tube.
  • Single-walled carbon nanotubes are called single-walled nanotubes (SWNT)
  • multi-walled carbon nanotubes are called multi-walled nanotubes (MWNT)
  • MWNT multi-walled nanotubes
  • DWNT double-walled carbon nanotubes
  • the carbon nanotube may be a single layer or a multilayer, but is preferably a single layer in terms of excellent conductivity and thermal conductivity.
  • the method for producing the carbon nanotube is not particularly limited and can be appropriately selected depending on the purpose.
  • catalytic hydrogen reduction of carbon dioxide arc discharge method, laser evaporation method, thermal CVD method, plasma CVD method, vapor phase growth method, HiPco in which carbon monoxide is reacted with iron catalyst at high temperature and high pressure to grow in the vapor phase
  • Known means such as a high-pressure carbon monoxide process can be used.
  • the carbon nanotubes obtained by these methods have been highly purified to remove residues such as by-products and catalytic metals by methods such as washing, centrifugation, filtration, oxidation, and chromatography. It is preferable at the point which can obtain a carbon nanotube.
  • the aspect ratio of the conductive fiber is preferably 10 or more.
  • the aspect ratio generally means the ratio between the long side and the short side of the fibrous material (ratio of average major axis length / average minor axis length).
  • the aspect ratio measurement method is not particularly limited and may be appropriately selected depending on the intended purpose. Examples thereof include a method of measuring with an electron microscope.
  • the aspect ratio of the conductive fiber When measuring the aspect ratio of the conductive fiber with an electron microscope, it is only necessary to confirm whether the aspect ratio of the conductive fiber is 10 or more with one field of view of the electron microscope. Moreover, the aspect ratio of the whole conductive fiber can be estimated by measuring the major axis length and the minor axis length of the conductive fiber separately.
  • the outer diameter of the tube is used as the diameter for calculating the aspect ratio.
  • the aspect ratio of the conductive fiber is not particularly limited as long as it is 10 or more, and can be appropriately selected according to the purpose, but is preferably 50 to 1,000,000. When the aspect ratio is less than 10, network formation with conductive fibers may not be performed, and sufficient conductivity may not be obtained. When the aspect ratio exceeds 1,000,000, the conductive fibers may be formed or in subsequent handling. Since the conductive fibers are entangled and aggregate before film formation, a stable liquid may not be obtained.
  • the aspect ratio is more preferably 100 to 1,000,000.
  • the ratio (ratio) of the conductive fibers having an aspect ratio of 10 or more in the total conductive composition is preferably 50% or more by volume ratio. If the ratio is less than 50%, the conductive material that contributes to conductivity may decrease and conductivity may decrease. At the same time, a dense network cannot be formed, resulting in voltage concentration and durability. May fall. In addition, particles having a shape other than conductive fibers do not contribute greatly to conductivity and have absorption, which is not preferable. Especially in the case of metal, when plasmon absorption such as a sphere is strong, the transparency is deteriorated. It may end up.
  • the ratio is more preferably 60% or more, and particularly preferably 75% or more.
  • the ratio is, for example, when the conductive fiber is silver nanowire, the silver nanowire aqueous dispersion is filtered to separate the silver nanowire and the other particles, and the ICP emission analysis
  • the ratio of conductive fibers can be determined.
  • the conductive fibers remaining on the filter paper with a TEM, observing the short axis lengths of 300 conductive fibers and examining their distribution, the short axis length is 200 nm or less and the long axis length is It confirms that it is an electroconductive fiber whose length is 1 micrometer or more.
  • the filter paper measures the longest axis of particles other than the conductive fibers of the above size, and passes particles having a length not less than twice the longest axis and not more than the shortest length of the long axis of the conductive fibers. It is preferable to use one.
  • the average minor axis length and the average major axis length of the conductive fiber can be obtained by observing a TEM image or an optical microscope image using, for example, a transmission electron microscope (TEM) or an optical microscope. it can.
  • the average minor axis length and the average major axis length of the conductive fibers are obtained by observing 300 conductive fibers with a transmission electron microscope (TEM) and calculating the average value.
  • TEM transmission electron microscope
  • the binder for immobilizing the conductive fiber is an organic polymer, and promotes at least one alkali solubility in a molecule (preferably a molecule having an acrylic copolymer as a main chain). It can be appropriately selected from alkali-soluble resins having a group (for example, carboxyl group, phosphoric acid group, sulfonic acid group, etc.).
  • an acid dissociable group represents the functional group which can dissociate in presence of an acid.
  • a known radical polymerization method For the production of the binder, for example, a known radical polymerization method can be applied. Polymerization conditions such as temperature, pressure, type and amount of radical initiator, type of solvent, etc. when producing an alkali-soluble resin by the above radical polymerization method can be easily set by those skilled in the art, and the conditions are determined experimentally. Can be determined.
  • linear organic polymer a polymer having a carboxylic acid in the side chain (photosensitive resin having an acidic group) is preferable.
  • Examples of the polymer having a carboxylic acid in the side chain include, for example, JP-A-59-44615, JP-B-54-34327, JP-B-58-12777, JP-B-54-25957, JP-A-59-53836, A methacrylic acid copolymer, an acrylic acid copolymer, an itaconic acid copolymer, a crotonic acid copolymer, a maleic acid copolymer, and a partial esterification as described in each publication of Japanese Utility Model Publication No. 59-71048.
  • a maleic acid copolymer, etc., an acidic cellulose derivative having a carboxylic acid in the side chain, an acid anhydride added to a polymer having a hydroxyl group, and a polymer weight having a (meth) acryloyl group in the side chain Coalescence is also preferred.
  • benzyl (meth) acrylate / (meth) acrylic acid copolymers and multi-component copolymers composed of benzyl (meth) acrylate / (meth) acrylic acid / other monomers are particularly preferable.
  • a high molecular polymer having a (meth) acryloyl group in the side chain and a multi-component copolymer composed of (meth) acrylic acid / glycidyl (meth) acrylate / other monomers are also useful.
  • the polymer can be used by mixing in an arbitrary amount.
  • 2-hydroxypropyl (meth) acrylate / polystyrene macromonomer / benzyl methacrylate / methacrylic acid copolymer 2-hydroxy-3-phenoxypropyl acrylate / polymethyl described in JP-A-7-140654 Methacrylate macromonomer / benzyl methacrylate / methacrylic acid copolymer, 2-hydroxyethyl methacrylate / polystyrene macromonomer / methyl methacrylate / methacrylic acid copolymer, 2-hydroxyethyl methacrylate / polystyrene macromonomer / benzyl methacrylate / methacrylic acid copolymer Coalescence, etc.
  • conductive polymer for example, polyethylenedioxythiophene (PEDOT: PSS (Poly (3,4-ethylenedioxythiophene): Poly (styrenesulfonate)) containing polystyrenesulfonic acid can be used.
  • PEDOT PSS (Poly (3,4-ethylenedioxythiophene): Poly (styrenesulfonate)
  • an ITO film having a thickness of 20 nm was formed on a (strengthened) glass substrate by a sputtering method, and this was etched to form a first electrode pattern extending in the X direction.
  • an interlayer insulating film made of SiO 2 having a thickness of 200 nm was formed on the first electrode pattern by a sputtering method.
  • Ag paste was applied to the first electrode pattern and sintered, and the first electrode pattern and the control circuit were connected via lead wires.
  • the conductive film was bonded onto the first electrode pattern (on the interlayer insulating film) via an adhesive layer to produce a touch panel module.
  • an acrylic pressure-sensitive adhesive was used as the pressure-sensitive adhesive constituting the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer.
  • cellulose ester film A-1 ⁇ Cellulose ester resin>
  • the cellulose ester resin CE-1 is as follows.
  • CE-1 cellulose triacetate (acetyl group substitution degree: 2.91, weight average molecular weight Mw: 300,000)
  • ⁇ Fine particle dispersion 1 Silica fine particles (Aerosil R972V manufactured by Nippon Aerosil Co., Ltd.) 11 parts by mass Ethanol 89 parts by mass The above was stirred and mixed with a dissolver for 50 minutes, and then dispersed with Manton Gorin.
  • Fine particle addition liquid 1 The fine particle dispersion 1 was slowly added to the dissolution tank containing methylene chloride with sufficient stirring. Further, the particles were dispersed by an attritor so that the secondary particles had a predetermined particle size. This was filtered through Finemet NF manufactured by Nippon Seisen Co., Ltd. to prepare a fine particle additive solution 1. 99 parts by mass of methylene chloride 5 parts by mass of fine particle dispersion 1
  • a main dope A having the following composition was prepared. First, methylene chloride and ethanol were added to the pressure dissolution tank. Next, cellulose acetate was added to the pressurized dissolution tank containing the solvent while stirring. This was completely dissolved with heating and stirring. This was designated as Azumi Filter Paper No.
  • the main dope A was prepared by filtration using 244. Methylene chloride 340 parts by mass Ethanol 64 parts by mass CE-1 (cellulose triacetate) 100 parts by mass Polyester compound 6 parts by mass Sugar ester compound 6 parts by mass Particulate additive solution 1 1 part by mass A dope was prepared. Then, using an endless belt casting apparatus, the dope was cast uniformly on a stainless steel belt support at a temperature of 33 ° C. and a width of 1500 mm. The temperature of the stainless steel belt was controlled at 30 ° C.
  • the solvent was evaporated on the stainless steel belt support until the amount of residual solvent in the cast (cast) film became 75%, and then peeled off from the stainless steel belt support with a peeling tension of 130 N / m.
  • the peeled cellulose ester film was stretched 10% in the width direction using a tenter while applying heat at 160 ° C. The residual solvent at the start of stretching was 15%.
  • drying was terminated while the drying zone was conveyed by a number of rolls.
  • the drying temperature was 130 ° C. and the transport tension was 100 N / m.
  • the film was slit to a width of 1.5 m, a knurling process with a width of 10 mm and a height of 10 ⁇ m was applied to both ends of the film, and wound into a roll to obtain a cellulose ester film A-1 having a dry film thickness of 40 ⁇ m.
  • the winding length was 5200 m.
  • the retardation in the in-plane direction was 2 nm.
  • the retardation Ro was measured using an automatic birefringence meter KOBRA-21ADH (Oji Scientific Instruments).
  • the retardation Ro (nm) in the in-plane direction of the film is obtained by the following equation.
  • Ro (nx ⁇ ny) ⁇ d
  • d is the thickness (nm) of the film
  • nx is the refractive index in the slow axis direction
  • ny is the refractive index in the direction perpendicular to the slow axis in the film plane.
  • the product is diluted with methylene chloride, washed with water, acidified with hydrochloric acid and washed with water.
  • the methylene chloride phase is concentrated and dehydrated.
  • a solution having a polycarbonate concentration of 20% was obtained.
  • the polycarbonate (copolymer A) obtained by removing the solvent from this solution had a molar ratio of biscresol fluorene to bisphenol A of 70:30 (polymer yield 97%).
  • This polymer had an intrinsic viscosity of 0.674 and a glass transition temperature Tg of 226 ° C.
  • PC film A-6 having a width of 1.5 m and a dry film thickness of 80 ⁇ m.
  • the winding length was 5200 m.
  • the retardation of PC film A-6 was measured by the same measurement method as described above, and as a result, retardation Ro was 500 nm.
  • COP1 had a weight average molecular weight of 142,000 and a glass transition temperature of 140 ° C.
  • the polymer resin COP1 having an alicyclic structure synthesized above is dried for 2 hours at 70 ° C. using a hot air dryer in which air is circulated to remove moisture, and then resin melt kneaded with a 65 mm ⁇ screw
  • a COP film having a film thickness of 100 ⁇ m was extruded using a T-die film melt extrusion molding machine (T-die width 500 mm) having a machine under molding conditions of a molten resin temperature of 240 ° C. and a T-die temperature of 240 ° C.
  • the peeled COP film was stretched 90% in the width direction using a tenter while applying heat at 200 ° C.
  • drying was completed while the drying zone was conveyed by a number of rollers.
  • the drying temperature was 130 ° C. and the transport tension was 100 N / m.
  • After drying it was slit into a width of 1.5 m, a knurling process having a width of 10 mm and a height of 10 ⁇ m was applied to both ends of the film, and wound into a roll to obtain a COP film A-7 having a dry film thickness of 100 ⁇ m.
  • the winding length was 5000 m.
  • the retardation of the COP film A-7 was measured by the same measurement method as described above, and as a result, the retardation Ro was 0 nm.
  • the intrinsic viscosity was calculated by the following procedure using an Ubbelohde viscometer. Using a mixed solvent of phenol and 1,1,2,2-tetrachloroethane having a mass ratio of about 55:45 (adjusted to a flow time of 42.0 ⁇ 0.1 seconds), the sample was dissolved to a concentration of 0.2 , 0.6, 1.0 (g / dl) solution (temperature 20 ° C.). Using an Ubbelohde viscometer, the specific viscosity ( ⁇ sp) at each concentration (C) was determined, and the equation [ ⁇ sp / C] was extrapolated to a concentration of zero (C ⁇ 0) to determine the intrinsic viscosity [ ⁇ ]. The unit of intrinsic viscosity [ ⁇ ] is dl / g.
  • the polyester A pellets were vacuum-dried at 150 ° C. for 8 hours, melt-extruded at 285 ° C. using an extruder, closely adhered to a 30 ° C. cooling drum while electrostatically applied, and cooled and solidified to obtain an unstretched sheet. It was. This unstretched sheet was stretched 2.0 times in the longitudinal direction at 90 ° C. using a roller-type longitudinal stretching machine. The temperature difference between the front and back surfaces was within 5 ° C.
  • the obtained uniaxially stretched film was stretched 1.2 times in the transverse direction at 100 ° C. using a tenter-type transverse stretching machine.
  • heat treatment was performed at 70 ° C. for 2 seconds, heat-fixed at 150 ° C. for the first heat setting zone for 10 seconds, heat-setting at the second heat setting zone at 180 ° C. for 15 seconds, and then 2% in the width direction at 160 ° C.
  • the PET film A-8 having a width of 1.5 m and a dry film thickness of 100 ⁇ m was produced after being relaxed and wound up. The winding length was 5000 m.
  • the retardation of the PET film A-8 was measured by the same measurement method as described above. As a result, the retardation Ro was 3000 nm.
  • the cellulose ester film, COP film, PC film, and PET film produced above were used as the anti-scattering film for the conductive film.
  • the hard coat layer composition is filtered through a polypropylene filter having a pore size of 0.4 ⁇ m using a micro gravure coater. Applied. Then, after drying at a constant rate drying zone temperature of 95 ° C. and a reduced rate drying zone temperature of 95 ° C., an ultraviolet lamp is used, the illuminance of the irradiated part is 100 mW / cm 2 , and the irradiation amount is 0.1 J / cm 2. Was cured to form a hard coat layer having a dry film thickness of 3 ⁇ m. And the film after formation was wound up and it was set as the roll-shaped hard coat film. The hard coat layer was produced only when an ITO conductive film described later was formed as the conductive layer.
  • Silver nanowires were obtained by the method disclosed in Example 1 (synthesis of silver nanowires) in JP-T-2009-505358. That is, silver nanowires were synthesized by reduction of silver sulfate dissolved in ethylene glycol in the presence of polyvinylpyrrolidone (PVP). Note that the method of reducing metal ions and precipitating nano-sized metal particles by the reducing power of polyol (polyhydric alcohol) is also called a polyol method.
  • a silver nanowire-dispersed coating liquid was obtained by the method disclosed in Example 8 (nanowire dispersion) of JP-T 2009-505358. That is, about 0.08% wt. HPMC (hydroxypropyl methylcellulose), about 0.36% wt. Silver nanowire, about 0.005% wt. Zonyl® FSO-100, and about 99.555% wt. Were mixed to obtain a silver nanowire-dispersed coating solution.
  • This silver nanowire dispersion coating liquid was applied onto a cellulose ester film using a bar coater manufactured by Matsuo Sangyo Co., Ltd. and dried at 120 ° C. for 2 minutes to provide a silver nanowire coating film.
  • Copper nanowires were produced by the method described in JP-A-2002-266007. That is, 0.1 mmol of double-headed peptide lipid is placed in a sample bottle, and 100 ml of distilled water containing 8.0 mg (0.20 mmol) of double equivalent sodium hydroxide is added thereto, followed by ultrasonic irradiation (bath type). Thus, the double-headed peptide lipid was dissolved. This aqueous solution was kept at room temperature while stirring vigorously on a hot stirrer, and 1 ml of 0.1 mol / liter copper (II) acetate was added thereto. As a result, the solution gradually became cloudy and a blue colloidal dispersion was formed.
  • II 0.1 mol / liter copper
  • this blue colloidal dispersion was stirred at room temperature in the air, and 100 ml (0.5 mmol) of 5 mmol / liter sodium borohydride aqueous solution was added.
  • the solution immediately turned dark brown and a dark gray flocculent precipitate formed after approximately 6 hours.
  • the cotton-like precipitate was observed with a transmission electron microscope, and the spherical structure having a diameter of several tens to several hundreds of nanometers and the formation of copper nanowires were confirmed. From the transmission electron micrograph, it was found that the average diameter of the copper nanowires was 10 to 20 nm and the average length was 1 to 10 ⁇ m or more.
  • the polarizing plate is produced by bonding a surface protective film to one surface of a polarizing film as a polarizer and bonding a back surface protective film to the other surface. First, preparation of a surface protective film and a back surface protective film will be described.
  • Acrylic film B-6 was produced by the following method.
  • the acrylic film B-6 did not contain a plasticizer.
  • the prepared acrylic resin was dried with a vacuum dryer at 90 ° C. to a water content of 0.03% or less, and then a stabilizer (Irganox 1010 (manufactured by Ciba-Gigi Co., Ltd.)) was added in an amount of 0.3% by weight.
  • a stabilizer Irganox 1010 (manufactured by Ciba-Gigi Co., Ltd.)
  • a nitrogen stream at 230 ° C. a biaxial kneading extruder with a vent was used to form an extruded strand in water and then cut to obtain pellets having a diameter of 3 mm and a length of 5 mm.
  • pellets are dried in a vacuum dryer at 90 ° C. to a water content of 0.03% or less, and then kneaded at a supply unit 210 ° C., a compression unit 230 ° C., and a weighing unit 230 ° C. using a single-screw kneading extruder. And extruded from a hanger coat die. At this time, a 300-mesh screen filter, a gear pump, and a leaf disk filter with a filtration accuracy of 7 ⁇ m were arranged in this order between the extruder and the die, and these were connected by a melt pipe. Furthermore, a static mixer was installed in the melt pipe immediately before the die.
  • the melt molten resin
  • the touch roll was brought into contact with the most upstream cast roll (chill roll).
  • the touch roll described in Example 1 of JP-A No. 11-235747 (the one described as a double holding roll was used, but the thickness of the thin metal outer cylinder was 2 mm) was used.
  • the temperature of the triple cast rolls including the chill rolls was, in order from the upstream, touch roll temperature + 3 ° C., touch roll temperature ⁇ 2 ° C., and touch roll temperature ⁇ 7 ° C.
  • a thickness increasing process (knurling) with a width of 10 mm and a height of 20 ⁇ m was applied to both ends. Further, the film-forming width was 1.5 m, and the film was wound up 3000 m at a film-forming speed of 30 m / min. The thickness of the unstretched film after film formation was 40 ⁇ m.
  • Acrylic films C-1, C-4, and C-8 were produced in the same manner as the acrylic film B-6 except that the film thickness was changed as shown in Table 1.
  • COP films C-2, C-3, C-6, and C-7 were produced in the same manner as COP film A-7 except that the film thickness was changed as shown in Table 1.
  • a cellulose ester film C-5 was produced in the same manner as the cellulose ester film A-1, except that the film thickness and retardation Ro were changed as shown in Table 1.
  • PVA polyvinyl alcohol
  • saponification degree 99.95 mol%
  • polymerization degree of 2400 was impregnated with 10 parts by mass of glycerin and 170 parts by mass of water.
  • the film was melt-extruded from a T die onto a metal roll to form a film. Then, it dried and heat-processed and obtained the PVA film.
  • the obtained PVA film had an average thickness of 25 ⁇ m, a moisture content of 4.4%, and a film width of 3 m.
  • the obtained PVA film was continuously processed in the order of pre-swelling, dyeing, uniaxial stretching by a wet method, fixing treatment, drying, and heat treatment to produce a polarizing film as a polarizer. That is, the PVA film was immersed in water at a temperature of 30 ° C. for 30 seconds to be pre-swelled, and immersed in an aqueous solution having an iodine concentration of 0.4 g / liter and a potassium iodide concentration of 40 g / liter at a temperature of 35 ° C. for 3 minutes.
  • the film was uniaxially stretched 6 times in a 50% aqueous solution with a boric acid concentration of 4% under a tension of 700 N / m.
  • the potassium iodide concentration was 40 g / liter
  • the boric acid concentration was 40 g / liter.
  • it was immersed in an aqueous solution having a zinc chloride concentration of 10 g / liter and a temperature of 30 ° C. for 5 minutes for fixing.
  • the PVA film was taken out, dried with hot air at a temperature of 40 ° C., and further heat-treated at a temperature of 100 ° C. for 5 minutes.
  • the obtained polarizing film had an average thickness of 13 ⁇ m, a polarizing performance of 43.0% transmittance, a polarization degree of 99.5%, and a dichroic ratio of 40.1.
  • a surface protective film and a back surface protective film are overlapped by a nip roll on both surfaces of a polyvinyl alcohol film (PVA film) having a thickness of 25 ⁇ m adsorbed and oriented with an epoxy resin composition as an ultraviolet curable adhesive. It was.
  • PVA film polyvinyl alcohol film
  • the polarizing plate was irradiated with ultraviolet rays from two EHAN1700NAL high-pressure mercury lamps, which are ultraviolet lamps provided in an ultraviolet irradiation device (manufactured by GS-YUSASA), and the above adhesive was cured.
  • the polarizing plate is polarized at a line speed of 11 m / min under a tension of 600 N in the longitudinal direction in the irradiated ultraviolet light.
  • the cumulative amount of ultraviolet light was 110 mJ / cm 2 .
  • the cumulative amount of ultraviolet light was measured based on irradiation in the UVB region having a wavelength range of 280 to 320 nm.
  • SVR1240 manufactured by Sony Chemical & Information Device Co. is applied as an adhesive to the surface of the protective film of the polarizing plate of the liquid crystal display device, and the liquid crystal display device and the touch panel are applied via the applied adhesive. Were pasted together. And both ultraviolet rays were irradiated to some adhesives, and both were temporarily fixed. Then, after inspecting for bubbles at the interface, the entire pressure-sensitive adhesive was completely cured by irradiation with ultraviolet rays.
  • Table 1 shows combinations of the conductive film, the surface protective film, and the back surface protective film in the liquid crystal display devices with touch panels according to Examples 1 to 4 and Comparative Examples 1 to 6.
  • ⁇ Evaluation of display device with touch panel> (1) Evaluation of display unevenness The produced display device with a touch panel continued to display black for 120 hours in an environment of 60 ° C. and 90%, and the display state at that time was observed. The evaluation criteria at this time are as follows. ⁇ : Neither the glare nor the white spotted pattern is generated. (Triangle
  • the prepared display device with a touch panel was allowed to stand in an environment of 60 ° C. and 90% for 500 hours, and then the state of black display was observed.
  • the evaluation criteria at this time are as follows. ⁇ : The display is black (not reddish). ⁇ : Slightly reddish X: The display is reddish.
  • Table 2 shows the evaluation results of Examples 1 to 4 and Comparative Examples 1 to 6.
  • Comparative Example 1 In which the back surface protective film of the polarizing plate contains cellulose ester, white display unevenness occurs during black display, whereas Examples 1 to 4 in which the back surface protective film contains COP or PMMA, Comparative Example In 2 to 6, display unevenness does not occur.
  • COP and PMMA is less moisture permeability 200g / m 2 / 24h, it is possible to suppress the permeation of moisture as compared to a cellulose ester (moisture permeability 800g / m 2 / 24h or higher), the backside protective film It is considered that the phase difference (retardation Ro) is prevented from fluctuating due to the moisture, and white spots are not generated even during black display.
  • Comparative Examples 2 to 5 in which at least one of the conductive film scattering prevention film and the polarizing plate surface protective film is an optical film (PC, PMMA, COP, PET) having high moisture permeability, the polarizer is deteriorated.
  • Examples 1 to 4 and Comparative Examples 1 and 6 in which both the scattering prevention film and the surface protection film contain cellulose ester films having high moisture absorption and moisture permeability, the deterioration of the polarizer is small. This is because the moisture of the conductive layer and the polarizer (PVA) formed by aqueous coating is trapped by both the cellulose ester films, thereby preventing the polarizer from being deteriorated by the moisture. Conceivable.
  • the cellulose ester film of the surface protective film is as thin as 15 to 30 ⁇ m, it is easy for water to escape from the polarizer to the anti-scattering film through the surface protective film, and the polarizer is surely deteriorated by moisture. It is thought that it is suppressed to.
  • touch panel A in which one electrode layer is formed on a glass substrate
  • touch panel B in which two electrode layers (each electrode pattern in the X direction and Y direction) are formed on the glass substrate;
  • the glass substrate was cut and the yield due to the disconnection of the electrode layer was examined.
  • the yield of the touch panel A was better because the number of electrode layers was smaller (the occurrence rate of defective products due to the disconnection of the electrode layer was higher). It was found that touch panel productivity is high.
  • a liquid crystal display panel (LCD) is used as the display panel, but it is considered that the same result can be obtained even when an OLED is used. That is, the display panel may be an LCD or an OLED. Moreover, when using OLED, the back surface protective film located in the OLED side with respect to a polarizer may be comprised with a quarter wavelength plate. Furthermore, the TFT substrate of the OLED may be composed of a resin substrate such as a film.
  • the present invention can be used for a display device with a touch panel in which a touch panel having an electrode layer on a glass substrate and a display device having a polarizing plate on a display panel are bonded together via an adhesive layer.

Landscapes

  • Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • General Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Optics & Photonics (AREA)
  • Theoretical Computer Science (AREA)
  • General Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Human Computer Interaction (AREA)
  • Polarising Elements (AREA)
  • Liquid Crystal (AREA)
  • Nonlinear Science (AREA)
  • Mathematical Physics (AREA)
  • Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Crystallography & Structural Chemistry (AREA)

Abstract

A display device with a touch panel, wherein an electrode layer in the touch panel (20) is configured by one layer, and a conductive film (24) is pasted upon the electrode layer. The conductive film (24) has: a shatterproof film (25) comprising a cellulose ester film; and a conductive layer (26) formed by aqueous coating of a conductive material. In a polarizing plate (2) in the display device (10), a film (5) on the display panel (1) side relative to a polarizer (3) is an optical film having a moisture permeability of no more than 200 g/m2/24 h. The film (4) on the touch panel side relative to the polarizer (3) includes a cellulose ester film having a plasticizer and a thickness of 15-30 µm. The plasticizer is UV-bonded to the polarizer (3) via a surface on the opposite side to the side on which the plasticizer has a large amount of uneven distribution in the film thickness direction.

Description

タッチパネル付き表示装置Display device with touch panel
 本発明は、タッチパネルと表示装置とを粘着剤層を介して貼り合わせたタッチパネル付き表示措置に関するものである。 The present invention relates to a display measure with a touch panel in which a touch panel and a display device are bonded via an adhesive layer.
 近年、携帯電話機、携帯端末機またはパーソナルコンピュータなどの各種電子機器が高機能化され、多様化されるに伴い、それらの電子機器への入力手段の1つとして、タッチパネルが使用されている。タッチパネルは、光透過性を有しており、これが例えば液晶表示装置に貼り合わされる場合は、液晶パネルの偏光板側に粘着剤を介して装着される。 In recent years, as various electronic devices such as mobile phones, mobile terminals, and personal computers have become highly functional and diversified, touch panels are used as one of means for inputting to these electronic devices. The touch panel has optical transparency, and when it is bonded to a liquid crystal display device, for example, it is attached to the polarizing plate side of the liquid crystal panel via an adhesive.
 従来、携帯端末機の情報表示部の表面に装着されるタッチパネルにおいては、情報表示部に表示された情報を見易くするためや、携帯端末機を落としても壊れないようにする観点から、光透過性の高いプラスチック板が用いられていた。しかしながら、携帯端末機に求められる薄型化および軽量化を追求すべく、プラスチック板を薄くしていくと、プラスチック板の強度が不足する。これを解消するために、情報表示部の表面に装着されるタッチパネルにおいては、近年、プラスチック板よりも高い強度を有するガラス基板が用いられるようになってきている。 Conventionally, a touch panel mounted on the surface of an information display unit of a mobile terminal is light-transmitting from the viewpoint of making the information displayed on the information display unit easy to see and not breaking even if the mobile terminal is dropped. A high-quality plastic plate was used. However, if the plastic plate is made thin in order to pursue the reduction in thickness and weight required for the portable terminal, the strength of the plastic plate is insufficient. In order to solve this problem, in recent years, a glass substrate having higher strength than a plastic plate has been used for a touch panel mounted on the surface of an information display unit.
 ところが、ガラス基板を用いると、携帯端末機を落とした際にガラス基板が破損し、その破片が飛散する場合がある。このため、ガラス飛散防止フィルムをガラス基板の表面に貼合して用いることが従来から検討されている。一般に、安価で飛散防止効果のあるポリエチレンテレフタレート(PET)フィルムが、ガラス飛散防止フィルムとして用いられている。PETフィルムは、一般に粘着剤層との密着性が低いため、密着性を向上させるために、易接着層と呼ばれる薄膜が設けられた易接着層付きPETフィルムが利用されている。 However, when a glass substrate is used, the glass substrate may be damaged when the mobile terminal is dropped, and the fragments may be scattered. For this reason, it has been conventionally studied to use a glass scattering prevention film by bonding it to the surface of a glass substrate. Generally, a polyethylene terephthalate (PET) film that is inexpensive and has an anti-scattering effect is used as a glass anti-scattering film. Since the PET film generally has low adhesion to the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer, in order to improve the adhesion, a PET film with an easy adhesion layer provided with a thin film called an easy adhesion layer is used.
 しかし、PETフィルムは、屈折率の関係から干渉縞を発生させ、表示情報の視認性を低下させる場合がある。これを改善するため、PETフィルムの代わりに、粘着剤層付きトリアセチルセルロースフィルムを用い、ガラス基板の最表面に保護フィルムとして貼り合わせることで、ガラス基板の飛散を防止することが検討されている(例えば特許文献1参照)。 However, the PET film may generate interference fringes due to the refractive index relationship and may reduce the visibility of display information. In order to improve this, a triacetyl cellulose film with an adhesive layer is used instead of a PET film, and it is studied to prevent scattering of the glass substrate by bonding to the outermost surface of the glass substrate as a protective film. (For example, refer to Patent Document 1).
 一方、タッチパネルには、種々の方式のものがあるが、その1つとして、静電容量型のタッチパネルがある。この静電容量型のタッチパネルにおいて、透明な基板上には、透明導電膜によってX方向に延びるように形成されるX電極パターンと、他の透明導電膜によってY方向に延びるように形成されるY電極パターンとが設けられている。X電極パターンおよびY電極パターンとしては、例えば長方形状のパターンやダイヤモンドパターンと呼ばれるものがあり、これらはITO(Indium Tin Oxide)を用いて形成される。タッチパネルの上記基板の表面を指で押圧すると、X電極パターンとY電極パターンとが接触し、その位置での静電容量が変化するため、その静電容量の変化をX電極パターンおよびY電極パターンを介して検出することで、押圧位置を特定することができる。 On the other hand, there are various types of touch panels, one of which is a capacitive touch panel. In this capacitive touch panel, an X electrode pattern formed on a transparent substrate so as to extend in the X direction by a transparent conductive film, and Y formed so as to extend in the Y direction by another transparent conductive film. An electrode pattern is provided. Examples of the X electrode pattern and the Y electrode pattern include a rectangular pattern and a diamond pattern, which are formed using ITO (Indium Tin Oxide). When the surface of the substrate of the touch panel is pressed with a finger, the X electrode pattern and the Y electrode pattern come into contact with each other, and the capacitance at that position changes. It is possible to specify the pressed position by detecting via the.
 このような2層の透明導電膜を持ち、しかもタッチ面がガラス面になっている構成の静電容量型のタッチパネルにおいて、2層の透明導電膜に、透明な光学的両面テープ(OCA;Optical Clear Adhesive tape )や充填剤を介して、さらにもう1枚のガラス基板を貼り合わせると、タッチパネルが厚くなる。この点、特許文献2の静電容量型のタッチパネルでは、互いに直交する方向に延びる2層の透明導電膜を備え、かつタッチ面がガラス基板である構成において、用いるガラス基板を、タッチ面を構成するガラス基板1枚のみとすることで、タッチパネル全体の薄型化を図っている。 In a capacitive touch panel having such a two-layer transparent conductive film and a touch surface made of glass, a transparent optical double-sided tape (OCA; Optical) is applied to the two-layer transparent conductive film. If another glass substrate is pasted together through (Clear Adhesive tape) or a filler, the touch panel becomes thicker. In this regard, the electrostatic capacitance type touch panel of Patent Document 2 includes a two-layer transparent conductive film extending in directions orthogonal to each other and the touch surface is a glass substrate. By using only one glass substrate, the entire touch panel is reduced in thickness.
 しかしながら、特許文献2のような、ガラス基板を1枚のみ用いた薄型のタッチパネルを、粘着剤層を介して表示装置としての例えば液晶表示装置に貼り合わせると、タッチパネルの電極層(X電極パターン、Y電極パターン)の位置が液晶パネルに近づく。このため、液晶パネルの各画素の駆動時に、各画素に対応して設けられるスイッチング素子(例えばTFT)のON/OFFによって発生する電気的ノイズ(リーク電流を含む)の影響を受けやすくなり、タッチパネルが誤作動しやすくなる(例えば上記ノイズによって押圧位置を精度よく検出することができなくなる)。 However, when a thin touch panel using only one glass substrate as in Patent Document 2 is attached to, for example, a liquid crystal display device as a display device via an adhesive layer, an electrode layer (X electrode pattern, The position of the (Y electrode pattern) approaches the liquid crystal panel. For this reason, when each pixel of the liquid crystal panel is driven, it is easily affected by electrical noise (including leakage current) generated by ON / OFF of a switching element (for example, TFT) provided corresponding to each pixel. Is likely to malfunction (for example, the pressed position cannot be detected accurately due to the noise).
 また、ガラス基板上に2層の電極層を形成する構成では、ガラス基板のカッティング時に、2層の電極層のどちらか一方でも断線すると不良品となる。このため、不良品となる確率が高く、歩留りの低下ひいてはタッチパネルの生産性の低下を招く。 Also, in the configuration in which two electrode layers are formed on the glass substrate, if either one of the two electrode layers is disconnected when the glass substrate is cut, a defective product is obtained. For this reason, the probability of becoming a defective product is high, leading to a decrease in yield and a decrease in productivity of the touch panel.
 これに対して、特許文献3のタッチパネルは、基板上の電極層を1層のみとしており、さらに、基板に対して電極層とは反対側にシールド層を設けた構成を採用している。電極層を1層とすることで、ガラス基板のカッティング時の電極層の断線による歩留まりの低下を回避でき、また、表示パネルからの電気的ノイズをシールド層で遮断できるため、タッチパネルの誤動作を抑えることができると考えられる。 In contrast, the touch panel of Patent Document 3 employs a configuration in which only one electrode layer on the substrate is provided, and a shield layer is provided on the opposite side of the substrate from the electrode layer. By making the electrode layer one layer, it is possible to avoid a decrease in yield due to the disconnection of the electrode layer when cutting the glass substrate, and it is possible to cut off electrical noise from the display panel with a shield layer, thereby suppressing malfunction of the touch panel. It is considered possible.
特開2011-209512号公報(請求項1、段落〔0012〕、図1等参照)JP 2011-209512 A (refer to claim 1, paragraph [0012], FIG. 1, etc.) 特開2011-186717号公報(請求項1、段落〔0016〕、0022〕、図1等参照)JP 2011-186717 A (refer to claim 1, paragraphs [0016] and 0022], FIG. 1 and the like) 特開2012-008255号公報(段落〔0107〕、図4等参照)Japanese Patent Laying-Open No. 2012-008255 (see paragraph [0107], FIG. 4 etc.)
 ところで、タッチパネルが貼り合わされる液晶表示装置の偏光板は、偏光子を表面保護フィルム(タッチパネル側のフィルム)および裏面保護フィルム(表示パネル側のフィルム)で挟んだ構造を採る。このとき、偏光子に対する表面保護フィルムおよび裏面保護フィルムの貼り合わせ方法として、紫外線照射(UV照射)によって貼り合わせる方法がある。この方法は、偏光子の表面および裏面に紫外線硬化型の接着剤を塗布し、偏光子を表面保護フィルムおよび裏面保護フィルムで挟んだ状態で上記接着剤にUV照射を行い、上記接着剤を硬化させることによって、偏光板を形成するものである。しかし、UV照射を行うと、UV照射時の接着剤の硬化収縮により、偏光子の配向が乱れ、コントラストが低下する。 By the way, the polarizing plate of the liquid crystal display device to which the touch panel is bonded has a structure in which a polarizer is sandwiched between a surface protective film (film on the touch panel side) and a back surface protective film (film on the display panel side). At this time, as a method of bonding the surface protective film and the back surface protective film to the polarizer, there is a method of bonding by ultraviolet irradiation (UV irradiation). In this method, an ultraviolet curable adhesive is applied to the front and back surfaces of the polarizer, the UV light is irradiated to the adhesive in a state where the polarizer is sandwiched between the front and back protective films, and the adhesive is cured. By doing so, a polarizing plate is formed. However, when UV irradiation is performed, the orientation of the polarizer is disturbed due to curing shrinkage of the adhesive during UV irradiation, and the contrast is lowered.
 また、例えば、上述したシールド層を水系塗布によってフィルムに貼り合わせたり、偏光子をPVA(ポリビニルアルコール)フィルムで構成した場合には、シールド層や偏光子に水分が含まれている。このとき、偏光子の裏面保護フィルムの透湿度が高いと、上記水分が裏面保護フィルムで吸収され、裏面保護フィルムの位相差(リタデーション)が変動する。裏面保護フィルムは、偏光子に対して表示パネル側に位置するため、裏面保護フィルムの位相差が変動すると、黒表示時に白抜け等の表示ムラが生じる。 Also, for example, when the above-described shield layer is bonded to a film by aqueous coating, or when the polarizer is formed of a PVA (polyvinyl alcohol) film, moisture is contained in the shield layer or the polarizer. At this time, if the moisture permeability of the back surface protective film of the polarizer is high, the moisture is absorbed by the back surface protective film, and the retardation (retardation) of the back surface protective film varies. Since the back surface protective film is positioned on the display panel side with respect to the polarizer, if the phase difference of the back surface protective film fluctuates, display unevenness such as white spots occurs during black display.
 さらに、タッチパネルの最外層(表示装置とは反対側の層)にガラス基板が位置していると、上記の水分は、ガラス基板を透過することができず、タッチパネルの外部に抜け出せない。すると、偏光子が上記水分で劣化して、黒表示時に赤みがかった表示となる場合がある。 Furthermore, if the glass substrate is located in the outermost layer of the touch panel (the layer opposite to the display device), the moisture cannot pass through the glass substrate and cannot escape to the outside of the touch panel. Then, the polarizer may be deteriorated by the moisture, resulting in a reddish display during black display.
 本発明の目的は、前記の事情に鑑み、タッチパネルの歩留まりの低下および電気的ノイズによる誤動作を抑えるとともに、紫外線硬化型の接着剤を介して偏光子の両面に保護フィルムを接着する構成において、接着剤の硬化収縮に起因する偏光子の配向の乱れ、裏面保護フィルムの位相差の変動、および偏光子の水分による劣化を抑えることができるタッチパネル付き表示装置を提供することにある。 In view of the circumstances described above, an object of the present invention is to suppress a decrease in the yield of touch panels and malfunction due to electrical noise, and to adhere a protective film to both sides of a polarizer via an ultraviolet curable adhesive. An object of the present invention is to provide a display device with a touch panel that can suppress disorder of the orientation of the polarizer due to curing shrinkage of the agent, fluctuation of the retardation of the back surface protective film, and deterioration of the polarizer due to moisture.
 本発明の上記目的は以下の構成により達成される。 The above object of the present invention is achieved by the following configuration.
 1.ガラス基板上に電極層を有するタッチパネルの前記電極層側と、表示パネル上に偏光板を有する表示装置の前記偏光板側とを、粘着剤層を介して貼り合わせたタッチパネル付き表示装置であって、
 前記タッチパネルの前記電極層は1層で構成され、前記電極層上には導電フィルムが貼り合わされており、
 前記導電フィルムは、セルロースエステルフィルムからなる、前記ガラス基板の飛散を防止するための飛散防止フィルムと、前記飛散防止フィルムに対して前記電極層とは反対側に、導電材料の水系塗布によって形成される導電層とを有しており、
 前記偏光板は、偏光子と、前記偏光子の前記タッチパネル側に紫外線硬化型の接着剤を介して接着される表面保護フィルムと、前記偏光子の前記表示パネル側に紫外線硬化型の接着剤を介して接着される裏面保護フィルムとを備えており、
 前記裏面保護フィルムは、透湿度200g/m/24h以下の光学フィルムであり、
 前記表面保護フィルムは、可塑剤を有する、厚さ15~30μmのセルロースエステルフィルムであり、前記可塑剤が該フィルムの厚さ方向において多く偏在する側とは反対側の面を介して、前記偏光子と接着されていることを特徴とするタッチパネル付き表示装置。
1. A display device with a touch panel in which the electrode layer side of a touch panel having an electrode layer on a glass substrate and the polarizing plate side of a display device having a polarizing plate on a display panel are bonded via an adhesive layer. ,
The electrode layer of the touch panel is composed of one layer, and a conductive film is bonded on the electrode layer,
The conductive film is made of a cellulose ester film and is formed by a water-based coating of a conductive material on the side opposite to the electrode layer with respect to the scattering prevention film for preventing the glass substrate from scattering. And a conductive layer
The polarizing plate includes a polarizer, a surface protective film bonded to the touch panel side of the polarizer via an ultraviolet curable adhesive, and an ultraviolet curable adhesive on the display panel side of the polarizer. With a back surface protective film bonded through
The back surface protective film is a following optical film moisture permeability 200g / m 2 / 24h,
The surface protective film is a cellulose ester film having a plasticizer and having a thickness of 15 to 30 μm, and the polarizing film passes through a surface opposite to the side where the plasticizer is unevenly distributed in the thickness direction of the film. A display device with a touch panel, which is bonded to a child.
 2.前記偏光板は、前記表面保護フィルムに対して前記偏光子とは反対側にハードコート層をさらに有していることを特徴とする前記1に記載のタッチパネル付き表示装置。 2. 2. The display device with a touch panel as described in 1 above, wherein the polarizing plate further has a hard coat layer on the side opposite to the polarizer with respect to the surface protective film.
 3.前記導電材料は、導電繊維であることを特徴とする前記1または2に記載のタッチパネル付き表示装置。 3. The display device with a touch panel according to 1 or 2, wherein the conductive material is a conductive fiber.
 4.前記導電繊維は、金属ナノワイヤーであることを特徴とする前記3に記載のタッチパネル付き表示装置。 4. 4. The display device with a touch panel as described in 3 above, wherein the conductive fiber is a metal nanowire.
 5.前記裏面保護フィルムの前記光学フィルムは、アクリル、環状ポリオレフィン、ポリカーボネートのいずれかの樹脂からなるフィルムであることを特徴とする前記1から4のいずれかに記載のタッチパネル付き表示装置。 5. 5. The display device with a touch panel according to any one of 1 to 4, wherein the optical film of the back surface protective film is a film made of any one of acrylic, cyclic polyolefin, and polycarbonate.
 上記の構成によれば、タッチパネルにおいて、ガラス基板上の電極層は1層であるので、ガラス基板をカットする際の電極層の断線による歩留まりの低下ひいてはタッチパネルの生産性の低下を抑えることができる。また、衝撃等によるガラス基板の飛散を飛散防止フィルムによって防止することができ、さらに表示装置からの電気的ノイズを導電層で遮断して、タッチパネルの誤作動を抑えることができる。 According to said structure, since the electrode layer on a glass substrate is one layer in a touch panel, the fall of the yield by the disconnection of the electrode layer at the time of cutting a glass substrate, and the fall of productivity of a touch panel can be suppressed. . Further, scattering of the glass substrate due to impact or the like can be prevented by the anti-scattering film, and further, electrical noise from the display device can be blocked by the conductive layer, and malfunction of the touch panel can be suppressed.
 また、表面保護フィルムが紫外線硬化型の接着剤を介して偏光子と接着される構成において、表面保護フィルムは、セルロースエステルフィルムの厚さ方向において可塑剤が多く偏在する側とは反対側の面を介して、偏光子と接着されているので、紫外線照射による接着剤の硬化収縮を抑制するとともに、タッチパネル側の面に可塑剤が多く配されることとなり、タッチパネルが押圧された際の応力をセルロースエステルフィルムで吸収することができる。その結果、偏光子の配向の乱れを抑えて、コントラストが低下するのを抑えることができる。 Further, in the configuration in which the surface protective film is bonded to the polarizer via an ultraviolet curable adhesive, the surface protective film is a surface opposite to the side where a large amount of plasticizer is unevenly distributed in the thickness direction of the cellulose ester film. Since the adhesive is bonded to the polarizer through the adhesive, it suppresses the curing shrinkage of the adhesive due to ultraviolet irradiation, and a lot of plasticizer is arranged on the surface on the touch panel side, so that the stress when the touch panel is pressed is reduced. It can be absorbed by a cellulose ester film. As a result, it is possible to suppress the disorder of the orientation of the polarizer and to suppress the decrease in contrast.
 さらに、偏光板の裏面保護フィルムは、透湿度200g/m/24h以下の光学フィルムを含んでいる。これにより、水系塗布によって形成される導電層の水分や、偏光子(例えばPVA)の水分の透過を抑えて、裏面保護フィルムの位相差(リタデーション)が上記の水分によって変動するのを抑えることができ、黒表示時に白抜け等の表示ムラが生じるのを抑えることができる。 Further, the back surface protective film of a polarizing plate includes the following optical film moisture permeability 200g / m 2 / 24h. Thereby, it is possible to suppress the moisture content of the conductive layer formed by aqueous coating and the moisture content of the polarizer (for example, PVA) from being transmitted, and to prevent the retardation (retardation) of the back protective film from fluctuating due to the moisture content. It is possible to suppress the occurrence of display irregularities such as white spots during black display.
 また、飛散防止フィルムおよび偏光板の表面保護フィルムは、両方とも、吸湿性および透湿性の高いセルロースエステルフィルムを含んでいるので、上記水分を両方のセルロースエステルフィルムでトラップ(捕獲)することができる。これにより、偏光子が上記水分で劣化するのを抑えることができ、黒表示時に赤みがかった表示となるのを抑えることができる。 Moreover, since both the scattering prevention film and the surface protective film of the polarizing plate contain a cellulose ester film having high moisture absorption and moisture permeability, the moisture can be trapped (captured) by both cellulose ester films. . Thereby, it can suppress that a polarizer deteriorates with the said water | moisture content, and it can suppress that it becomes a reddish display at the time of black display.
 また、表面保護フィルムのセルロースエステルフィルムは、厚さが15~30μmと薄型であるので、偏光子から表面保護フィルムを介して飛散防止フィルムに水が抜けやすくなり、偏光子の水分による劣化を確実に抑えることができる。 In addition, since the cellulose ester film of the surface protective film is as thin as 15 to 30 μm, it is easy for water to escape from the polarizer to the anti-scattering film via the surface protective film, and the deterioration of the polarizer due to moisture is ensured. Can be suppressed.
本発明の実施の形態に係るタッチパネル付き表示装置の概略の構成を示す断面図である。It is sectional drawing which shows the schematic structure of the display apparatus with a touchscreen which concerns on embodiment of this invention.
 本発明の実施の一形態について、図面に基づいて説明すれば以下の通りである。なお、本明細書において、数値範囲をA~Bと表記した場合、その数値範囲に下限Aおよび上限Bの値は含まれるものとする。 An embodiment of the present invention will be described below with reference to the drawings. In this specification, when the numerical range is expressed as A to B, the numerical value range includes the values of the lower limit A and the upper limit B.
 〔タッチパネル付き表示装置〕
 図1は、本実施形態のタッチパネル付き表示装置の概略の構成を示す断面図である。同図に示すように、タッチパネル付き表示装置は、表示装置10とタッチパネル20とを粘着剤層30を介して貼り合わせて構成されている。
[Display device with touch panel]
FIG. 1 is a cross-sectional view illustrating a schematic configuration of a display device with a touch panel according to the present embodiment. As shown in the figure, the display device with a touch panel is configured by bonding the display device 10 and the touch panel 20 through an adhesive layer 30.
 表示装置10は、表示パネル1上に偏光板2を積層して構成されている。表示パネル1は、液晶表示パネル(LCD:Liquid Crystal Display)や有機EL(OLED:Organic light-Emitting Diode)ディスプレイで構成することができる。LCDやOLEDは、マトリクス状に配置される複数の画素を有しており、各画素の駆動をTFT(Thin Film Transistor)などのスイッチング素子によってON/OFFすることにより、表示を行う。なお、表示パネル1がLCDの場合、表示パネル1に対して偏光板2とは反対側にも別の偏光板(図示せず)が配置される。 The display device 10 is configured by laminating a polarizing plate 2 on a display panel 1. The display panel 1 can be configured by a liquid crystal display panel (LCD: Liquid Crystal Display) or an organic EL (OLED: Organic light-Emitting Diode) display. LCDs and OLEDs have a plurality of pixels arranged in a matrix, and display is performed by turning on / off the driving of each pixel by a switching element such as a TFT (Thin Film Transistor). When the display panel 1 is an LCD, another polarizing plate (not shown) is disposed on the opposite side of the display panel 1 from the polarizing plate 2.
 偏光板2は、所定の直線偏光を透過する偏光子3と、偏光子3のタッチパネル20側に積層されるフィルム4と、偏光子3の表示パネル1側に積層されるフィルム5(裏面保護フィルム)とで構成されている。偏光子3は、例えばポリビニルアルコールフィルムを二色性色素で染色し、高倍率延伸することで得られ、アルカリ処理(鹸化処理ともいう)された後に、上記のフィルム4・5を、偏光子3のそれぞれの面に、紫外線硬化型の接着剤を介して貼り合わされ、乾燥により溶媒を除去するとともに上記接着剤を紫外線照射(UV照射)によって硬化させることにより接着される。 The polarizing plate 2 includes a polarizer 3 that transmits predetermined linearly polarized light, a film 4 that is laminated on the touch panel 20 side of the polarizer 3, and a film 5 that is laminated on the display panel 1 side of the polarizer 3 (back surface protective film). ) And. The polarizer 3 is obtained by, for example, dyeing a polyvinyl alcohol film with a dichroic dye and stretching the film at a high magnification. After being subjected to an alkali treatment (also referred to as a saponification treatment), the above-described films 4 and 5 are converted into the polarizer 3. The adhesive is bonded to each of these surfaces via an ultraviolet curable adhesive, and the solvent is removed by drying and the adhesive is cured by ultraviolet irradiation (UV irradiation).
 フィルム4は、フィルム基材4a(表面保護フィルム)の上にハードコート層4bを積層したハードコートフィルムとして構成されており、偏光板2(偏光子3)の表面を保護する機能を有している。フィルム基材4aは、種々の材料で構成することができるが、本実施形態では、その中でも、厚さ15~30μmのセルロースエステルフィルムで構成されている。セルロースエステルフィルムは、厚さ80μm換算で透湿度が約800g/m/24hと高く、吸湿性に優れている。 The film 4 is configured as a hard coat film in which a hard coat layer 4b is laminated on a film substrate 4a (surface protective film), and has a function of protecting the surface of the polarizing plate 2 (polarizer 3). Yes. The film substrate 4a can be composed of various materials, but in the present embodiment, among them, it is composed of a cellulose ester film having a thickness of 15 to 30 μm. Cellulose ester film, the moisture permeability is as high as about 800g / m 2 / 24h with a thickness 80μm terms has excellent hygroscopicity.
 ハードコート層4bは、例えば活性エネルギー線硬化型樹脂で構成されており、その厚さは数μmである。フィルム4は、フィルム基材4a単独で(ハードコート層を積層せずに)保護フィルムとして構成されてもよいが、フィルム基材4a上にハードコート層4bを形成したハードコートフィルムとすることで、偏光板2の表面を保護する機能を高めることができる。特に本実施の形態においては、フィルム基材4aが薄膜である為、タッチパネルを押圧した場合に、表示パネル1が損傷し易いが、フィルム4をハードコートフィルムとすることで、このような損傷の発生を抑制することができる。 The hard coat layer 4b is made of, for example, an active energy ray-curable resin and has a thickness of several μm. Although the film 4 may be configured as a protective film by itself (without laminating a hard coat layer) alone, the film 4 may be a hard coat film in which a hard coat layer 4b is formed on the film substrate 4a. The function of protecting the surface of the polarizing plate 2 can be enhanced. Particularly in the present embodiment, since the film substrate 4a is a thin film, the display panel 1 is easily damaged when the touch panel is pressed. However, by using the film 4 as a hard coat film, such damage is caused. Occurrence can be suppressed.
 フィルム基材4aは、可塑剤を有している。可塑剤の材料の詳細については後述するが、この可塑剤は、透湿性および組成物の流動性や、フィルムの柔軟性を向上させる目的でセルロースエステルフィルムに添加されている。セルロースエステルフィルムは、後述する溶液流延製膜法で製膜することができるが、その際に、ドープを流延する支持体上で溶剤の蒸発が起こるため、可塑剤はフィルムの厚さ方向において偏在しやすくなる。つまり、可塑剤の濃度は、フィルムの厚さ方向の中央よりも一方の側で多くなり、他方の側で少なくなる。本実施形態では、フィルム基材4aにおいて、可塑剤が厚さ方向において多く偏在する側の面(すなわち、より柔らかいほうの面)とは反対側の面(すなわち、より硬いほうの面)を偏光子3との接着面とし、この接着面と偏光子3とを紫外線硬化型の接着剤で接着するようにしている。 The film substrate 4a has a plasticizer. Although details of the plasticizer material will be described later, this plasticizer is added to the cellulose ester film for the purpose of improving moisture permeability, fluidity of the composition, and flexibility of the film. The cellulose ester film can be formed by a solution casting film forming method, which will be described later. At this time, since the solvent evaporates on the support on which the dope is cast, the plasticizer is in the thickness direction of the film. It becomes easy to be unevenly distributed. That is, the concentration of the plasticizer increases on one side than the center in the thickness direction of the film, and decreases on the other side. In the present embodiment, in the film substrate 4a, the surface (namely, the harder surface) opposite to the surface (namely, the softer surface) on which the plasticizer is unevenly distributed in the thickness direction is polarized. A bonding surface with the child 3 is used, and the bonding surface and the polarizer 3 are bonded to each other with an ultraviolet curable adhesive.
 なお、可塑剤が多く偏在する側の面は、例えば飛行時間二次イオン質量分析計(TOF-SIMS:Time-of-flight secondary ion mass spectrometer)での分析によって特定することができる。 In addition, the surface on the side where a lot of plasticizers are unevenly distributed can be identified by, for example, analysis with a time-of-flight secondary ion mass spectrometer (TOF-SIMS).
 上記したハードコート層4bは、フィルム基材4aにおいて、可塑剤が多く偏在する側の面(偏光子3とは反対側の面)に形成される。 The hard coat layer 4b described above is formed on the surface of the film substrate 4a on which the plasticizer is unevenly distributed (the surface on the side opposite to the polarizer 3).
 なお、表示パネル1がOLEDの場合、偏光板2は、外光反射防止のための円偏光板(または楕円偏光板)として構成されることが好ましい。円偏光板とする場合は、偏光子3の表示パネル1側のフィルム5は、透過光に対して波長の1/4程度の面内位相差を付与する光学フィルムであり、偏光子3の光学軸(透過軸又は吸収軸)とフィルム5の遅相軸とがおよそ45°の角度で交差するように、偏光子3とフィルム5とを貼り合わせることで構成されることが好ましい。 In addition, when the display panel 1 is OLED, it is preferable that the polarizing plate 2 is comprised as a circularly-polarizing plate (or elliptical polarizing plate) for external light reflection prevention. In the case of a circularly polarizing plate, the film 5 on the display panel 1 side of the polarizer 3 is an optical film that imparts an in-plane retardation of about ¼ of the wavelength to the transmitted light. It is preferable that the polarizer 3 and the film 5 are bonded together so that the axis (transmission axis or absorption axis) and the slow axis of the film 5 intersect at an angle of about 45 °.
 フィルム5は、表示パネル1がLCDの場合、単に偏光子の保護フィルムとして設けられてもよく、所望の光学補償機能を有する位相差フィルムを兼ねた保護フィルムとされてもよい。上述のように、表示パネル1がOLEDディスプレイの場合は、フィルム5は、透過波長の1/4程度の面内位相差を付与する光学フィルムであることが好ましい。 When the display panel 1 is an LCD, the film 5 may be provided simply as a protective film for a polarizer, or may be a protective film that also serves as a retardation film having a desired optical compensation function. As described above, when the display panel 1 is an OLED display, the film 5 is preferably an optical film that imparts an in-plane retardation of about ¼ of the transmission wavelength.
 また、本実施形態におけるフィルム5は、透湿度が200g/m/24h以下である光学フィルムで構成されている。このような光学フィルムとしては、アクリル、環状ポリオレフィン(COP)、ポリカーボネート(PC)の樹脂からなるフィルムを用いることができる。ちなみに、アクリルの透湿度は100g/m/24h.40μmであり、COPの透湿度は0.1g/m/24h.40μmであり、PCの透湿度は100g/m/24h.40μm程度である。なお、本発明における透湿度とは、試験条件40℃、90%RHで測定されたものを表す。 Moreover, the film 5 in this embodiment is comprised with the optical film whose water vapor transmission rate is 200 g / m < 2 > / 24h or less. As such an optical film, a film made of acrylic, cyclic polyolefin (COP), or polycarbonate (PC) resin can be used. By the way, the moisture permeability of acrylic 100g / m 2 / 24h. A 40 [mu] m, the moisture permeability of the COP 0.1g / m 2 / 24h. Is 40μm, moisture permeability of the PC is 100g / m 2 / 24h. It is about 40 μm. In addition, the moisture permeability in this invention represents what was measured on test conditions 40 degreeC and 90% RH.
 これは、透湿度が200g/m/24hを超える光学フィルムは、偏光子3の表示パネル1側に設けられる為、水分によって上記光学フィルムの位相差が変動したときに、表示パネル1からの光の偏光状態が上記光学フィルムによって変化し、偏光子3を通過する際に光量が低下するおそれがあるからである。それに対し、偏光子3の外側に設けられる後述の飛散防止フィルム25や、表面保護フィルム(フィルム基材4a)は水分により位相差が変動しても、偏光状態への影響はない為、透水性及び吸水性の高いセルロースエステルフィルムを好ましく用いることができる。 This optical film moisture permeability exceeding 200g / m 2 / 24h, since provided in the display panel 1 side of the polarizer 3, when the phase difference of the optical film is changed by moisture, from the display panel 1 This is because the polarization state of light is changed by the optical film, and the amount of light may decrease when passing through the polarizer 3. On the other hand, the scattering prevention film 25 and the surface protection film (film substrate 4a), which will be described later, provided outside the polarizer 3 have no influence on the polarization state even if the phase difference fluctuates due to moisture. In addition, a cellulose ester film having high water absorption can be preferably used.
 タッチパネル20は、静電容量型のタッチパネルであり、ガラス基板21上に、透明導電膜(例えばITO)からなる電極パターン22(電極層)と、層間絶縁層23とを有している。つまり、タッチパネル20において、用いるガラス基板は、ガラス基板21の1枚のみであり、ガラス基板を2枚用いた構成に比べて薄型のタッチパネル20が構成されている。 The touch panel 20 is a capacitive touch panel, and has an electrode pattern 22 (electrode layer) made of a transparent conductive film (for example, ITO) and an interlayer insulating layer 23 on a glass substrate 21. That is, in the touch panel 20, only one glass substrate 21 is used, and the thin touch panel 20 is configured as compared with the configuration using two glass substrates.
 ガラス基板21の表面(電極パターン22とは反対側の表面)は、タッチパネル20のタッチ面である。電極パターン22は、ガラス基板21上で一方向(例えばX方向)に延びるように形成されている。層間絶縁層23は、電極パターン22を覆うようにガラス基板21上に形成されている。 The surface of the glass substrate 21 (the surface opposite to the electrode pattern 22) is a touch surface of the touch panel 20. The electrode pattern 22 is formed on the glass substrate 21 so as to extend in one direction (for example, the X direction). The interlayer insulating layer 23 is formed on the glass substrate 21 so as to cover the electrode pattern 22.
 タッチパネル20の表面を指で押圧すると、電極パターン22は、タッチされた点で人体を介して接地され、電極パターン22と接地ラインとの間の抵抗値に変化が生じる。この抵抗値の変化を、電極パターン22と接続された外部検知回路によって検知することで、タッチした点の座標が特定される。 When the surface of the touch panel 20 is pressed with a finger, the electrode pattern 22 is grounded through the human body at the touched point, and the resistance value between the electrode pattern 22 and the ground line changes. By detecting the change in the resistance value by an external detection circuit connected to the electrode pattern 22, the coordinates of the touched point are specified.
 また、電極パターン22上(層間絶縁層23上)には、粘着剤層(図示せず)を介して導電フィルム24が貼り合わされている。導電フィルム24は、飛散防止フィルム25と、導電層26とを有している。 Also, a conductive film 24 is bonded onto the electrode pattern 22 (on the interlayer insulating layer 23) via an adhesive layer (not shown). The conductive film 24 includes a scattering prevention film 25 and a conductive layer 26.
 飛散防止フィルム25は、セルロースエステルフィルムを含んで構成されており、外部からの衝撃等によるガラス基板21の飛散を防止するために設けられている。上記のセルロースエステルフィルムとしては、面内方向におけるリタデーションRoが0nm~10nmのセルローストリアセテートフィルムを用いることができる。この場合、面内方向の位相差による干渉が少ないため、タッチパネル20を介して表示パネル10を裸眼で視認するときの視認性を向上させることができる。 The scattering prevention film 25 includes a cellulose ester film, and is provided to prevent the glass substrate 21 from scattering due to external impact or the like. As the cellulose ester film, a cellulose triacetate film having a retardation Ro in the in-plane direction of 0 nm to 10 nm can be used. In this case, since there is little interference due to the phase difference in the in-plane direction, it is possible to improve the visibility when viewing the display panel 10 with the naked eye via the touch panel 20.
 なお、飛散防止フィルム25の面内方向のリタデーションRoが0nm~10nmとする場合は、偏光子3に対する飛散防止フィルム25の貼り合わせ角度を0°~15°とすることが好ましい。ここで、上記の貼り合わせ角度とは、偏光子3の光学軸(透過軸又は吸収軸)と、飛散防止フィルム25の遅相軸とのなす角度である。このときの飛散防止フィルム25の遅相軸の方向は、アッベ屈折率計(1T)により、温度23℃、相対湿度55%RHの環境下、光波長590nmでの試料の面内の平均屈折率を測定して求めることができる。このような角度とすることで、飛散防止フィルムの面内方向のリタデーションが多少変動した場合でも光学的な影響を低減させることができる。 When the retardation Ro in the in-plane direction of the scattering prevention film 25 is 0 nm to 10 nm, the bonding angle of the scattering prevention film 25 with respect to the polarizer 3 is preferably 0 ° to 15 °. Here, the bonding angle is an angle formed by the optical axis (transmission axis or absorption axis) of the polarizer 3 and the slow axis of the scattering prevention film 25. At this time, the direction of the slow axis of the anti-scattering film 25 is determined by an Abbe refractometer (1T) in an in-plane average refractive index at a light wavelength of 590 nm under an environment of a temperature of 23 ° C. and a relative humidity of 55% RH. Can be obtained by measuring. By setting it as such an angle, even when the retardation of the in-plane direction of a scattering prevention film changes a little, an optical influence can be reduced.
 また、飛散防止フィルム25のセルロースエステルフィルムとして、面内方向におけるリタデーションRoが30nm~200nmのセルロースジアセテートフィルムを用いるようにしてもよい。この場合、偏光子3の光学軸(透過軸又は吸収軸)に対して前記飛散防止フィルムの遅相軸が10~80°の方向となるように配置されることが好ましい。このような構成とすることで、偏光子3を透過した直線偏光を楕円偏光または円偏光に変えることができる為、偏光サングラスをかけて表示装置10を見る際の視認性を向上させることができる。 Further, as the cellulose ester film of the anti-scattering film 25, a cellulose diacetate film having a retardation Ro in the in-plane direction of 30 nm to 200 nm may be used. In this case, it is preferable that the anti-scattering film is disposed so that the slow axis thereof is in the direction of 10 to 80 ° with respect to the optical axis (transmission axis or absorption axis) of the polarizer 3. With such a configuration, the linearly polarized light transmitted through the polarizer 3 can be changed to elliptically polarized light or circularly polarized light, so that the visibility when viewing the display device 10 with polarized sunglasses can be improved. .
 導電層26は、飛散防止フィルム25に対して電極パターン22とは反対側に、導電材料の水系塗布によって形成されている。上記の導電材料としては、銀ナノワイヤー(AgNW)や銅ナノワイヤー(CuNW)などの金属ナノワイヤーからなる導電繊維や導電性ポリマーを用いることができ、なかでも導電繊維が好ましく用いられる。なお、金属ナノワイヤー等の導電繊維の詳細については後述する。 The conductive layer 26 is formed by water-based application of a conductive material on the side opposite to the electrode pattern 22 with respect to the scattering prevention film 25. As said conductive material, the conductive fiber and conductive polymer which consist of metal nanowires, such as silver nanowire (AgNW) and copper nanowire (CuNW), can be used, and a conductive fiber is used preferably especially. Details of the conductive fibers such as metal nanowires will be described later.
 粘着剤層30は、OCAやUV硬化樹脂(OCR)などの接着層で構成されており、表示装置10の偏光板2の表面全体に形成されて、タッチパネル20と表示装置10とを接合している。 The pressure-sensitive adhesive layer 30 is composed of an adhesive layer such as OCA or UV curable resin (OCR), and is formed on the entire surface of the polarizing plate 2 of the display device 10 to join the touch panel 20 and the display device 10 together. Yes.
 上記の構成によれば、タッチパネル20において、ガラス基板21上の電極層は、電極パターン22の1層であるので、電極層2層の構成に比べて、ガラス基板21をカットする際の電極層の断線による歩留まりの低下ひいてはタッチパネル20の生産性の低下を抑えることができる。 According to said structure, since the electrode layer on the glass substrate 21 is one layer of the electrode pattern 22 in the touch panel 20, compared with the structure of two electrode layers, the electrode layer at the time of cutting the glass substrate 21 It is possible to suppress a decrease in yield due to the disconnection of wire and thus a decrease in productivity of the touch panel 20.
 また、電極パターン22上に貼り合わされる導電フィルム24は、飛散防止フィルム25を有しているので、衝撃等によるガラス基板21の飛散をこの飛散防止フィルム25によって防止することができる。さらに、用いるガラス基板が1枚の薄型の構成では、タッチパネル20は、表示装置10との距離が近くなって、表示装置10からの電気的ノイズを受けやすくなる。しかし、導電フィルム24が導電層26を有していることにより、上記電気的ノイズを導電層26で遮断できるので、そのような薄型の構成であっても、上記電気的ノイズによるタッチパネル20の誤作動を抑えることができる。 Further, since the conductive film 24 bonded on the electrode pattern 22 has the scattering prevention film 25, the scattering prevention film 25 can prevent the scattering of the glass substrate 21 due to impact or the like. Further, in a thin configuration in which a single glass substrate is used, the touch panel 20 is close to the display device 10 and easily receives electrical noise from the display device 10. However, since the conductive film 24 includes the conductive layer 26, the electrical noise can be blocked by the conductive layer 26. Therefore, even if such a thin configuration is used, an error of the touch panel 20 due to the electrical noise is caused. Operation can be suppressed.
 特に、金属ナノワイヤーからなる導電繊維を導電材料として用い、これを水系塗布することにより、電気的ノイズを遮断する導電層26を確実に実現することができる。 In particular, by using conductive fibers made of metal nanowires as a conductive material and applying this to water, the conductive layer 26 that blocks electrical noise can be reliably realized.
 また、偏光板3のフィルム4およびフィルム5が、紫外線硬化型の接着剤を介して偏光子3と接着される場合において、フィルム4は、セルロースエステルフィルムを含み、かつ、セルロースエステルフィルムにおいて可塑剤が多く偏在する側の面とは反対側の面を介して、偏光子3と接着されている。これにより、UV照射時の接着剤の硬化収縮を抑制するとともに、タッチパネル20側の面に可塑剤が多く配されることとなり、タッチパネル20が押圧された際の応力を上記セルロースエステルフィルムで吸収することができる。その結果、偏光子3の配向の乱れを抑えることができ、コントラストの低下を抑えることができる。 In the case where the film 4 and the film 5 of the polarizing plate 3 are bonded to the polarizer 3 through an ultraviolet curable adhesive, the film 4 includes a cellulose ester film, and the plasticizer in the cellulose ester film Is bonded to the polarizer 3 through a surface opposite to the surface on the side where a large amount of is unevenly distributed. Thereby, while suppressing the curing shrinkage of the adhesive at the time of UV irradiation, a lot of plasticizer is arranged on the surface on the touch panel 20 side, and the stress when the touch panel 20 is pressed is absorbed by the cellulose ester film. be able to. As a result, disorder of the orientation of the polarizer 3 can be suppressed, and a decrease in contrast can be suppressed.
 また、フィルム4(セルロースエステルフィルム)において可塑剤が多い側の面にハードコート層4bが設けられた場合、フィルム4の表面が軟らかくなり、タッチパネル20が押圧された際の応力を吸収しやすくなる為、ハードコートフィルムを割れにくくすることができる。 Further, when the hard coat layer 4b is provided on the surface of the film 4 (cellulose ester film) on the side with a large amount of plasticizer, the surface of the film 4 becomes soft and easily absorbs stress when the touch panel 20 is pressed. Therefore, the hard coat film can be made difficult to break.
 さらに、偏光板3のフィルム5は、透湿度200g/m/24h以下の光学フィルムを含んでいる。これにより、上記した水系塗布によって形成される導電層26の水分や、偏光子3の水分がフィルム5を透過しにくくなり、フィルム5の位相差が上記の水分によって変動するのを抑えることができる。その結果、黒表示時に白抜け等の表示ムラが生じるのを抑えることができる。 Further, the film 5 of the polarizing plate 3 includes the following optical film moisture permeability 200g / m 2 / 24h. Thereby, the water | moisture content of the conductive layer 26 formed by the above-mentioned aqueous coating and the water | moisture content of the polarizer 3 become difficult to permeate | transmit the film 5, and it can suppress that the phase difference of the film 5 fluctuates with said water | moisture content. . As a result, it is possible to suppress display unevenness such as white spots during black display.
 特に、透湿度の低い上記光学フィルムとして、アクリル、環状ポリオレフィン、ポリカーボネートのいずれかの樹脂からなるフィルムを用いることにより、上記の効果を確実に得ることができる。 Particularly, by using a film made of any one of acrylic, cyclic polyolefin, and polycarbonate as the optical film having low moisture permeability, the above effect can be obtained with certainty.
 また、タッチパネル20の最表面にガラス基板が位置することで、上記の水分はタッチパネル20の外部に抜け出すことはできず、ガラス基板21とフィルム5との間で閉じ込められる。しかし、導電フィルム24の飛散防止フィルム25および偏光板3のフィルム4は、両方とも、吸湿性および透湿性の高いセルロースエステルフィルムを含んでいるので、上記水分を両方のセルロースエステルフィルムでトラップ(捕獲)することができる。これにより、偏光子3が上記水分で劣化するのを抑えることができ、黒表示時に赤みがかった表示となるのを抑えることができる。 Further, since the glass substrate is located on the outermost surface of the touch panel 20, the moisture cannot escape to the outside of the touch panel 20 and is confined between the glass substrate 21 and the film 5. However, both the scattering prevention film 25 of the conductive film 24 and the film 4 of the polarizing plate 3 contain cellulose ester films having high hygroscopicity and high moisture permeability, so that the moisture is trapped (captured) by both cellulose ester films. )can do. Thereby, it can suppress that the polarizer 3 deteriorates with the said water | moisture content, and can suppress that it becomes a reddish display at the time of black display.
 また、フィルム4が有するセルロースエステルフィルムは、厚さが15~30μmと薄型であるので、偏光子3からフィルム4を介して飛散防止フィルム25に水が抜けやすくなり、偏光子3の水分による劣化を確実に抑えることができる。 Further, since the cellulose ester film included in the film 4 is as thin as 15 to 30 μm, water easily escapes from the polarizer 3 through the film 4 to the scattering prevention film 25, and the polarizer 3 is deteriorated by moisture. Can be reliably suppressed.
 〔偏光板ついて〕
 以下、上記した偏光板2を構成する各層の詳細について説明する。なお、以下で示す保護フィルム(表面保護フィルム、裏面保護フィルム)およびハードコート層については、タッチパネル20の飛散防止フィルム25にも適用することができる。
[About polarizing plate]
Hereinafter, the detail of each layer which comprises the above-mentioned polarizing plate 2 is demonstrated. In addition, about the protective film (surface protective film, back surface protective film) and hard coat layer shown below, it can be applied also to the scattering prevention film 25 of the touch panel 20.
 [保護フィルム]
 偏光板2のタッチパネル20側の保護フィルムであるフィルム基材4aは厚さ15~30μmのセルロースエステルフィルムで構成されている。用いられるセルロースエステル樹脂については、後段にて詳述する。
[Protective film]
A film substrate 4a which is a protective film on the touch panel 20 side of the polarizing plate 2 is composed of a cellulose ester film having a thickness of 15 to 30 μm. The cellulose ester resin used will be described in detail later.
 偏光板2の表示パネル1側の保護フィルムであるフィルム5としては、特に制限なく、熱可塑性樹脂または熱硬化性樹脂を用いることができるが、透湿度が200g/m/24h以下であるフィルムとされることが好ましく、具体的には、アクリル樹脂、環状ポリオレフィン(COP)、ポリカーボネート(PC)等からなる光学フィルムで構成することが望ましい。 The film 5 is a protective film of the display panel 1 side of the polarizing plate 2 is not particularly limited and may be a thermoplastic resin or a thermosetting resin, moisture permeability is less than 200 g / m 2 / 24h Film Specifically, it is desirable to use an optical film made of acrylic resin, cyclic polyolefin (COP), polycarbonate (PC), or the like.
 (熱可塑性樹脂)
 フィルム5に用いることができる熱可塑性樹脂とは、ガラス転移温度または融点まで加熱することによって軟らかくなり、目的の形に成形できる樹脂のことをいう。
(Thermoplastic resin)
The thermoplastic resin that can be used for the film 5 refers to a resin that becomes soft when heated to a glass transition temperature or a melting point and can be molded into a desired shape.
 熱可塑性樹脂としては、一般的汎用樹脂としては、セルロースエステル、ポリエチレン(PE)、高密度ポリエチレン、中密度ポリエチレン、低密度ポリエチレン、ポリプロピレン(PP)、ポリ塩化ビニル(PVC)、ポリ塩化ビニリデン、ポリスチレン(PS)、ポリ酢酸ビニル(PVAc)、テフロン(登録商標)(ポリテトラフルオロエチレン、PTFE)、ABS樹脂(アクリロニトリルブタジエンスチレン樹脂)、AS樹脂、アクリル樹脂(PMMA)等を用いることができる。 General thermoplastic resins include cellulose esters, polyethylene (PE), high density polyethylene, medium density polyethylene, low density polyethylene, polypropylene (PP), polyvinyl chloride (PVC), polyvinylidene chloride, polystyrene. (PS), polyvinyl acetate (PVAc), Teflon (registered trademark) (polytetrafluoroethylene, PTFE), ABS resin (acrylonitrile butadiene styrene resin), AS resin, acrylic resin (PMMA), or the like can be used.
 特に、強度や壊れにくさが要求される場合、ポリアミド(PA)、ナイロン、ポリアセタール(POM)、ポリカーボネート(PC)、変性ポリフェニレンエーテル(m-PPE、変性PPE、PPO)、ポリブチレンテレフタレート(PBT)、ポリエチレンテレフタレート(PET)、グラスファイバー強化ポリエチレンテレフタレート(GF-PET)、環状ポリオレフィン(COP)等を用いることができる。 Especially when strength and resistance to breakage are required, polyamide (PA), nylon, polyacetal (POM), polycarbonate (PC), modified polyphenylene ether (m-PPE, modified PPE, PPO), polybutylene terephthalate (PBT) Polyethylene terephthalate (PET), glass fiber reinforced polyethylene terephthalate (GF-PET), cyclic polyolefin (COP), and the like can be used.
 さらに、高い熱変形温度と長期使用できる特性が要求される場合は、ポリフェニレンスルファイド(PPS)、ポリテトラフロロエチレン(PTFE)、ポリスルホン、ポリエーテルサルフォン、非晶ポリアリレート、液晶ポリマー、ポリエーテルエーテルケトン、熱可塑性ポリイミド(PI)、ポリアミドイミド(PAI)等を用いることができる。 Furthermore, when high heat distortion temperature and long-term use characteristics are required, polyphenylene sulfide (PPS), polytetrafluoroethylene (PTFE), polysulfone, polyethersulfone, amorphous polyarylate, liquid crystal polymer, polyether Ether ketone, thermoplastic polyimide (PI), polyamideimide (PAI), or the like can be used.
 本実施形態においては、本実施形態の効果発現の観点から、フィルム基材4aとしては、セルロースエステル樹脂を用いることが好ましく、フィルム5としては、ポリカーボネート樹脂、ポリエチレンテレフタレート樹脂、アクリル樹脂またはポレオレフィン樹脂を用いることが好ましい。 In the present embodiment, from the viewpoint of manifesting the effects of the present embodiment, it is preferable to use a cellulose ester resin as the film substrate 4a, and as the film 5, a polycarbonate resin, a polyethylene terephthalate resin, an acrylic resin, or a polyolefin resin. Is preferably used.
 以下、本実施形態において、フィルム基材4aに好適に用いられるセルロースエステル樹脂について詳細な説明をする。 Hereinafter, in this embodiment, the cellulose ester resin used suitably for the film base material 4a will be described in detail.
 〈セルロースエステル樹脂〉
 本実施形態でフィルム4aに用いることができるセルロースエステル樹脂は、セルロース(ジ、トリ)アセテート、セルロースプロピオネート、セルロースブチレート、セルロースアセテートプロピオネート、セルロースアセテートブチレート、セルロースアセテートフタレート、及びセルロースフタレートから選ばれる少なくとも1種であることが好ましい。
<Cellulose ester resin>
Cellulose ester resins that can be used for the film 4a in this embodiment are cellulose (di, tri) acetate, cellulose propionate, cellulose butyrate, cellulose acetate propionate, cellulose acetate butyrate, cellulose acetate phthalate, and cellulose. It is preferably at least one selected from phthalates.
 これらの中で特に好ましいセルロースエステルは、セルローストリアセテート、セルロースプロピオネート、セルロースブチレート、セルロースアセテートプロピオネートやセルロースアセテートブチレートが挙げられる。 Among these, particularly preferred cellulose esters include cellulose triacetate, cellulose propionate, cellulose butyrate, cellulose acetate propionate, and cellulose acetate butyrate.
 混合脂肪酸エステルの置換度として、更に好ましいセルロースアセテートプロピオネートやセルロースアセテートブチレートの低級脂肪酸エステルは、炭素原子数2~4のアシル基を置換基として有し、アセチル基の置換度をXとし、プロピオニル基又はブチリル基の置換度をYとした時、下記式(I)及び(II)を同時に満たすセルロースエステルを含むセルロース樹脂であることが好ましい。
 式(I)  2.6≦X+Y≦3.0
 式(II)  1.0≦X≦2.5
As the substitution degree of the mixed fatty acid ester, more preferable cellulose acetate propionate and lower fatty acid ester of cellulose acetate butyrate have an acyl group having 2 to 4 carbon atoms as a substituent, and the substitution degree of the acetyl group is X. When the substitution degree of propionyl group or butyryl group is Y, it is preferably a cellulose resin containing a cellulose ester that simultaneously satisfies the following formulas (I) and (II).
Formula (I) 2.6 ≦ X + Y ≦ 3.0
Formula (II) 1.0 ≦ X ≦ 2.5
 このうち、特にセルロースアセテートプロピオネートが好ましく用いられ、中でも1.9≦X≦2.5であり、0.1≦Y≦0.9であることが好ましい。上記アシル基で置換されていない部分は通常水酸基として存在しているものである。これらは公知の方法で合成することができる。 Of these, cellulose acetate propionate is particularly preferably used. Among them, 1.9 ≦ X ≦ 2.5 and 0.1 ≦ Y ≦ 0.9 are preferable. The part not substituted with the acyl group is usually present as a hydroxyl group. These can be synthesized by known methods.
 更に、本実施形態で用いられるセルロースエステルは、重量平均分子量Mw/数平均分子量Mn比が1.5~5.5のものが好ましく用いられ、特に好ましくは2.0~5.0であり、更に好ましくは2.5~5.0であり、更に好ましくは3.0~5.0のセルロースエステルが好ましく用いられる。 Further, the cellulose ester used in the present embodiment is preferably one having a weight average molecular weight Mw / number average molecular weight Mn ratio of 1.5 to 5.5, particularly preferably 2.0 to 5.0, The cellulose ester is more preferably 2.5 to 5.0, and more preferably 3.0 to 5.0 cellulose ester.
 本実施形態で用いられるセルロースエステルの原料セルロースは、木材パルプでも綿花リンターでもよい。木材パルプは針葉樹でも広葉樹でもよいが、針葉樹の方がより好ましい。製膜の際の剥離性の点からは、綿花リンターが好ましく用いられる。これらから作られたセルロースエステルは、適宜混合して、或いは単独で使用することができる。 The raw material cellulose of the cellulose ester used in this embodiment may be wood pulp or cotton linter. The wood pulp may be coniferous or hardwood, but coniferous is more preferred. A cotton linter is preferably used from the viewpoint of releasability during film formation. The cellulose ester made from these can be mixed suitably or can be used independently.
 例えば、綿花リンター由来セルロースエステル:木材パルプ(針葉樹)由来セルロースエステル:木材パルプ(広葉樹)由来セルロースエステルの比率が100:0:0、90:10:0、85:15:0、50:50:0、20:80:0、10:90:0、0:100:0、0:0:100、80:10:10、85:0:15、40:30:30のものを用いることができる。 For example, the ratio of cellulose ester derived from cellulose linter: cellulose ester derived from wood pulp (coniferous): cellulose ester derived from wood pulp (hardwood) is 100: 0: 0, 90: 10: 0, 85: 15: 0, 50:50: 0, 20: 80: 0, 10: 90: 0, 0: 100: 0, 0: 0: 100, 80:10:10, 85: 0: 15, 40:30:30 can be used. .
 本実施形態において、セルロースエステル樹脂は、20mlの純水(電気伝導度0.1μS/cm以下、pH6.8)に1g投入し、25℃、1hr、窒素雰囲気下にて攪拌した時のpHが6~7、電気伝導度が1~100μS/cmであることが好ましい。 In this embodiment, 1 g of cellulose ester resin is added to 20 ml of pure water (electric conductivity of 0.1 μS / cm or less, pH 6.8), and the pH when stirred in a nitrogen atmosphere at 25 ° C. for 1 hr. Preferably, the electrical conductivity is 6 to 7 and the electrical conductivity is 1 to 100 μS / cm.
 〔フィルム製造方法〕
 フィルム基材の製造方法としては、通常のインフレーション法、T-ダイ法、カレンダー法、切削法、流延法、エマルジョン法、ホットプレス法等の製造法が使用できるが、溶液流延製膜法、溶融流延製膜法などの流延法が好ましく用いられる。なお、表面保護フィルムのフィルム基材(セルロースエステルフィルム)については、可塑剤をフィルム厚さ方向に偏在させる必要があることから、特に溶液流延製膜法によって製膜される。以下、フィルム基材の好ましい製造方法について説明する。
[Film production method]
As a method for producing a film substrate, production methods such as a normal inflation method, a T-die method, a calendar method, a cutting method, a casting method, an emulsion method, and a hot press method can be used. A casting method such as a melt casting film forming method is preferably used. In addition, about the film base material (cellulose ester film) of a surface protection film, since it is necessary to make a plasticizer unevenly distribute in a film thickness direction, it forms into a film by the solution casting film forming method especially. Hereinafter, the preferable manufacturing method of a film base material is demonstrated.
 <溶液流延製膜法による基材の製造方法>
 1)溶解工程
 溶解工程は、熱可塑性樹脂に対する良溶媒を主とする有機溶媒に、溶解釜中で熱可塑性樹脂、熱収縮材料、その他の添加剤を攪拌しながら溶解しドープを形成する工程である。なお、良溶媒とは、溶液流延製膜法による光学フィルムの製造方法において、熱可塑性樹脂に対して良好な溶解性を有する有機溶媒をいい、また溶解に主たる効果を示し、その中で大量に使用する有機溶媒を主(有機)溶媒または主たる(有機)溶媒という。
<Manufacturing method of base material by solution casting film forming method>
1) Dissolution Step The dissolution step is a step in which a dope is formed by dissolving a thermoplastic resin, a heat-shrinkable material, and other additives in an organic solvent mainly composed of a good solvent for the thermoplastic resin while stirring. is there. A good solvent refers to an organic solvent having good solubility in a thermoplastic resin in an optical film manufacturing method by a solution casting film forming method, and also shows a main effect on dissolution, among which a large amount The organic solvent used in the above is called a main (organic) solvent or a main (organic) solvent.
 熱可塑性樹脂の溶解には、常圧で行う方法、主溶媒の沸点以下で行う方法、主溶媒の沸点以上で加圧して行う方法、特開平9-95544号公報、特開平9-95557号公報、または特開平9-95538号公報に記載の如き冷却溶解法で行う方法、特開平11-21379号公報に記載の如き高圧で行う方法等種々の溶解方法を用いることができるが、特に主溶媒の沸点以上で加圧して行う方法が好ましい。 For the dissolution of the thermoplastic resin, a method carried out at normal pressure, a method carried out below the boiling point of the main solvent, a method carried out under pressure above the boiling point of the main solvent, JP-A-9-95544, JP-A-9-95557 Alternatively, various dissolution methods such as a method using a cooling dissolution method as described in JP-A-9-95538 and a method using a high pressure as described in JP-A-11-21379 can be used. The method of pressurizing at a boiling point or higher is preferred.
 返材も再使用される。返材とは、フィルムを細かく粉砕した物で、フィルムを製膜するときに発生する、フィルムの両サイド部分を切り落とした物や、擦り傷などでスペックアウトしたフィルム原反のことをいう。 * Recycled materials are also reused. The return material refers to a material obtained by finely pulverizing a film, which is generated when a film is formed, a material obtained by cutting off both sides of the film, or a film raw material that has been speculated out due to scratches or the like.
 2)流延工程
 流延工程は、ドープを、送液ポンプ(例えば、加圧型定量ギヤポンプ)を通して加圧ダイに送液し、無限に移送する無端の金属ベルト、例えばステンレスベルト、あるいは回転する金属ドラム等の金属支持体上の流延位置に、加圧ダイスリットからドープを流延する工程である。
2) Casting process In the casting process, the dope is fed to a pressure die through a liquid feed pump (for example, a pressurized metering gear pump), and transferred to an endless metal belt such as a stainless steel belt or a rotating metal. This is a step of casting a dope from a pressure die slit to a casting position on a metal support such as a drum.
 ダイの口金部分のスリット形状を調整でき、膜厚を均一にし易い加圧ダイが好ましい。加圧ダイには、コートハンガーダイやTダイ等があり、いずれも好ましく用いられる。金属支持体の表面は鏡面となっている。製膜速度を上げるために加圧ダイを金属支持体上に2基以上設け、ドープ量を分割して重層してもよい。あるいは複数のドープを同時に流延する共流延法によって積層構造のフィルムを得ることも好ましい。 ¡Pressure dies that can adjust the slit shape of the die base and make the film thickness uniform are preferred. Examples of the pressure die include a coat hanger die and a T die, and any of them is preferably used. The surface of the metal support is a mirror surface. In order to increase the film forming speed, two or more pressure dies may be provided on the metal support, and the dope amount may be divided and stacked. Or it is also preferable to obtain the film of a laminated structure by the co-casting method which casts several dope simultaneously.
 3)溶媒蒸発工程
 溶媒蒸発工程は、ウェブ(流延用支持体上にドープを流延して形成されたドープ膜)を流延用支持体上で加熱し、溶媒を蒸発させる工程である。
3) Solvent evaporation process The solvent evaporation process is a process in which a web (a dope film formed by casting a dope on a casting support) is heated on the casting support to evaporate the solvent.
 溶媒を蒸発させるには、ウェブ側から風を吹かせる方法および/または支持体の裏面から液体により伝熱させる方法、輻射熱により表裏から伝熱する方法等があるが、裏面液体伝熱方法の乾燥効率が良く好ましい。又、それらを組み合わせる方法も好ましく用いられる。流延後の支持体上のウェブを40~100℃の雰囲気下、支持体上で乾燥させることが好ましい。40~100℃の雰囲気下に維持するには、この温度の温風をウェブ上面に当てるか、赤外線等の手段により加熱することが好ましい。 To evaporate the solvent, there are a method of blowing air from the web side and / or a method of transferring heat from the back side of the support by a liquid, a method of transferring heat from the front and back by radiant heat, and the like. High efficiency and preferable. A method of combining them is also preferably used. The web on the support after casting is preferably dried on the support in an atmosphere of 40 to 100 ° C. In order to maintain the atmosphere at 40 to 100 ° C., it is preferable to apply hot air at this temperature to the upper surface of the web or heat by means such as infrared rays.
 面品質、透湿性、剥離性の観点から、30~120秒以内で該ウェブを支持体から剥離することが好ましい。 From the viewpoint of surface quality, moisture permeability, and peelability, it is preferable to peel the web from the support within 30 to 120 seconds.
 4)剥離工程
 剥離工程は、金属支持体上で溶媒が蒸発したウェブを、剥離位置で剥離する工程である。剥離されたウェブは次工程に送られる。
4) Peeling process A peeling process is a process of peeling the web which the solvent evaporated on the metal support body in a peeling position. The peeled web is sent to the next process.
 金属支持体上の剥離位置における温度は好ましくは10~40℃であり、さらに好ましくは11~30℃である。 The temperature at the peeling position on the metal support is preferably 10 to 40 ° C, more preferably 11 to 30 ° C.
 なお、剥離する時点での金属支持体上でのウェブの剥離時残留溶媒量は、乾燥の条件の強弱、金属支持体の長さ等により50~120質量%の範囲で剥離することが好ましいが、残留溶媒量がより多い時点で剥離する場合、ウェブが柔らか過ぎると剥離時平面性を損ね、剥離張力によるツレや縦スジが発生し易いため、経済速度と品質との兼ね合いで剥離時の残留溶媒量が決められる。 The amount of residual solvent at the time of peeling of the web on the metal support at the time of peeling is preferably 50 to 120% by mass depending on the strength of drying conditions, the length of the metal support, and the like. If the web is peeled off at a time when the amount of residual solvent is larger, if the web is too soft, the flatness at the time of peeling will be lost, and slippage and vertical stripes are likely to occur due to the peeling tension. The amount of solvent is determined.
 ウェブの残留溶媒量は下記式で定義される。
 残留溶媒量(%)=(ウェブの加熱処理前質量-ウェブの加熱処理後質量)/(ウェブの加熱処理後質量)×100
 なお、残留溶媒量を測定する際の加熱処理とは、115℃で1時間の加熱処理を行うことを表す。
The residual solvent amount of the web is defined by the following formula.
Residual solvent amount (%) = (mass before web heat treatment−mass after web heat treatment) / (mass after web heat treatment) × 100
Note that the heat treatment for measuring the residual solvent amount represents performing heat treatment at 115 ° C. for 1 hour.
 金属支持体とフィルムを剥離する際の剥離張力は、通常、196~245N/mである。剥離の際に皺が入り易い場合、190N/m以下の張力で剥離することが好ましく、さらには、剥離できる最低張力~166.6N/m、次いで、最低張力~137.2N/mで剥離することが好ましいが、特に好ましくは最低張力~100N/mで剥離することである。 The peeling tension when peeling the metal support and the film is usually 196 to 245 N / m. If wrinkles easily occur during peeling, it is preferable to peel with a tension of 190 N / m or less, and further peel with a minimum tension that can be peeled up to 166.6 N / m, and then with a minimum tension of 137.2 N / m. Although it is preferable, it is particularly preferable to peel at a minimum tension of -100 N / m.
 本実施形態においては、当該金属支持体上の剥離位置における温度を-50~40℃とするのが好ましく、10~40℃がより好ましく、15~30℃とするのが最も好ましい。 In this embodiment, the temperature at the peeling position on the metal support is preferably −50 to 40 ° C., more preferably 10 to 40 ° C., and most preferably 15 to 30 ° C.
 5)乾燥および延伸工程
 乾燥および延伸工程は、剥離後、ウェブを乾燥装置内に複数配置したロールに交互に通して搬送する乾燥装置、および/またはクリップでウェブの両端をクリップして搬送するテンター延伸装置を用いて、ウェブを乾燥する工程である。
5) Drying and stretching step In the drying and stretching step, after peeling, a drying device that transports the web alternately through a plurality of rolls arranged in the drying device, and / or a tenter that clips and transports both ends of the web with clips. This is a step of drying the web using a stretching device.
 乾燥手段はウェブの両面に熱風を吹かせるものが一般的であるが、風の代わりにマイクロウェーブを当てて加熱する手段もある。余り急激な乾燥は、でき上がるフィルムの平面性を損ね易い。高温による乾燥は残留溶媒が8質量%以下くらいから行うのがよい。全体を通し、乾燥は概ね40~250℃で行われる。特に40~160℃で乾燥させることが好ましい。 The drying means is generally one that blows hot air on both sides of the web, but there is also a means for heating by applying microwaves instead of wind. Too rapid drying tends to impair the flatness of the resulting film. Drying at a high temperature is preferably performed from about 8% by mass or less of the residual solvent. Throughout, drying is generally performed at 40-250 ° C. In particular, drying at 40 to 160 ° C. is preferable.
 テンター延伸装置を用いる場合は、テンターの左右把持手段によってフィルムの把持長(把持開始から把持終了までの距離)を左右で独立に制御できる装置を用いることが好ましい。また、テンター工程において、平面性を改善するため意図的に異なる温度を持つ区画を作ることも好ましい。 When using a tenter stretching apparatus, it is preferable to use an apparatus that can independently control the film gripping length (distance from the start of gripping to the end of gripping) left and right by the left and right gripping means of the tenter. In the tenter process, it is also preferable to intentionally create sections having different temperatures in order to improve planarity.
 また、異なる温度区画の間にそれぞれの区画が干渉を起こさないように、ニュートラルゾーンを設けることも好ましい。 It is also preferable to provide a neutral zone between different temperature zones so that each zone does not cause interference.
 なお、延伸操作は多段階に分割して実施してもよく、流延方向、幅手方向に二軸延伸を実施することも好ましい。また、二軸延伸を行う場合には同時二軸延伸を行ってもよいし、段階的に実施してもよい。 The stretching operation may be performed in multiple stages, and it is also preferable to perform biaxial stretching in the casting direction and the width direction. When biaxial stretching is performed, simultaneous biaxial stretching may be performed or may be performed stepwise.
 この場合、段階的とは、例えば、延伸方向の異なる延伸を順次行うことも可能であるし、同一方向の延伸を多段階に分割し、かつ異なる方向の延伸をそのいずれかの段階に加えることも可能である。即ち、例えば、次のような延伸ステップも可能である。 In this case, stepwise means that, for example, stretching in different stretching directions can be sequentially performed, stretching in the same direction is divided into multiple stages, and stretching in different directions is added to any one of the stages. Is also possible. That is, for example, the following stretching steps are possible.
 a)流延方向に延伸-幅手方向に延伸-流延方向に延伸-流延方向に延伸
 b)幅手方向に延伸-幅手方向に延伸-流延方向に延伸-流延方向に延伸
a) Stretch in the casting direction-Stretch in the width direction-Stretch in the casting direction-Stretch in the casting direction b) Stretch in the width direction-Stretch in the width direction-Stretch in the casting direction-Stretch in the casting direction
 また、同時2軸延伸には、一方向に延伸し、もう一方を、張力を緩和して収縮させる場合も含まれる。同時2軸延伸の好ましい延伸倍率は、幅手方向、長手方向ともに×1.01倍~×1.5倍の範囲とすることができる。 In addition, simultaneous biaxial stretching includes stretching in one direction and contracting the other while relaxing the tension. The preferred draw ratio of simultaneous biaxial stretching can be in the range of x1.01 to x1.5 times in both the width direction and the longitudinal direction.
 延伸を行う場合のウェブの残留溶媒量は、延伸開始時に20~100質量%であるのが好ましく、かつウェブの残留溶媒量が10質量%以下になるまで延伸を掛けながら乾燥を行うことが好ましく、さらに好ましくは5質量%以下である。 The amount of residual solvent of the web when stretching is preferably 20 to 100% by mass at the start of stretching, and drying is preferably performed while stretching until the amount of residual solvent of the web is 10% by mass or less. More preferably, it is 5% by mass or less.
 延伸を行う場合の乾燥温度は、30~160℃が好ましく、50~150℃がさらに好ましく、70~140℃が最も好ましい。 The drying temperature when stretching is preferably 30 to 160 ° C, more preferably 50 to 150 ° C, and most preferably 70 to 140 ° C.
 延伸工程において、雰囲気の幅手方向の温度分布が少ないことが、フィルムの均一性を高める観点から好ましく、延伸工程での幅手方向の温度分布は、±5℃以内が好ましく、±2℃以内がより好ましく、±1℃以内が最も好ましい。 In the stretching step, it is preferable that the temperature distribution in the width direction of the atmosphere is small from the viewpoint of improving the uniformity of the film, and the temperature distribution in the width direction in the stretching step is preferably within ± 5 ° C, and within ± 2 ° C. Is more preferable, and within ± 1 ° C. is most preferable.
 6)巻き取り工程
 巻き取り工程は、ウェブ中の残留溶媒量が2質量%以下となってからフィルムとして巻き取り機により巻き取る工程であり、残留溶媒量を0.4質量%以下にすることにより寸法安定性の良好なフィルムを得ることができる。特に0.00~0.10質量%で巻き取ることが好ましい。
6) Winding process The winding process is a process in which the amount of residual solvent in the web is 2% by mass or less and is wound as a film by a winder, and the amount of residual solvent is 0.4% by mass or less. Thus, a film having good dimensional stability can be obtained. It is particularly preferable to wind up at 0.00 to 0.10% by mass.
 巻き取り方法は、一般に使用されているものを用いればよく、定トルク法、定テンション法、テーパーテンション法、内部応力一定のプログラムテンションコントロール法等があり、それらを使いわければよい。 As a winding method, a generally used one may be used, and there are a constant torque method, a constant tension method, a taper tension method, a program tension control method with a constant internal stress, etc., and these may be used properly.
 本実施形態に係る保護フィルムは、長尺フィルムであることが好ましく、具体的には、100m~5000m程度のものを示し、通常、ロール状で提供される形態のものである。また、フィルムの幅は1.3~4mであることが好ましく、1.4~2mであることがより好ましい。 The protective film according to this embodiment is preferably a long film. Specifically, the protective film has a thickness of about 100 m to 5000 m and is usually provided in a roll shape. The film width is preferably 1.3 to 4 m, more preferably 1.4 to 2 m.
 <溶融流延製膜法による基材の製造方法>
 次に、裏面保護フィルムを溶融流延製膜法により製造する場合の方法について説明する。
<Manufacturing method of base material by melt casting film forming method>
Next, the method in the case of manufacturing a back surface protective film by the melt casting film forming method will be described.
 〈溶融ペレット製造工程〉
 溶融押出に用いる、樹脂を含む組成物は、通常あらかじめ混錬してペレット化しておくことが好ましい。
<Melted pellet manufacturing process>
The composition containing a resin used for melt extrusion is usually preferably kneaded in advance and pelletized.
 ペレット化は、公知の方法でよく、例えば、乾燥した熱可塑性樹脂と熱収縮材料等からなる添加剤をフィーダーで押出機に供給し、1軸や2軸の押出機を用いて混錬し、ダイからストランド状に押出し、水冷または空冷し、カッティングすることで、ペレット化できる。 Pelletization may be performed by a known method, for example, an additive consisting of a dried thermoplastic resin and a heat-shrinkable material is supplied to an extruder with a feeder, and kneaded using a single-screw or twin-screw extruder, It can be pelletized by extruding into a strand from a die, water cooling or air cooling, and cutting.
 原材料は、押出する前に乾燥しておくことが原材料の分解を防止する上で重要である。特にセルロースエステルは吸湿しやすいので、除湿熱風乾燥機や真空乾燥機で70~140℃で3時間以上乾燥し、水分率を200ppm以下、さらに100ppm以下にしておくことが好ましい。 It is important to dry the raw material before extruding to prevent the raw material from being decomposed. In particular, since cellulose ester easily absorbs moisture, it is preferable to dry it at 70 to 140 ° C. for 3 hours or more with a dehumidifying hot air dryer or a vacuum dryer so that the moisture content is 200 ppm or less, and further 100 ppm or less.
 添加剤は、押出機に供給する前に混合しておいてもよいし、それぞれ個別のフィーダーで供給してもよい。また、粒子や酸化防止剤等の少量の添加剤は、均一に混合するため、事前に混合しておくことが好ましい。 Additives may be mixed before being supplied to the extruder, or may be supplied by individual feeders. Moreover, in order to mix a small amount of additives, such as particle | grains and antioxidant, uniformly, it is preferable to mix beforehand.
 酸化防止剤の混合は、固体同士で混合してもよいし、必要により、酸化防止剤を溶剤に溶解しておき、熱可塑性樹脂に含浸させて混合してもよく、あるいは噴霧して混合してもよい。 The antioxidant may be mixed with each other, and if necessary, the antioxidant may be dissolved in a solvent, impregnated with a thermoplastic resin and mixed, or mixed by spraying. May be.
 乾燥と混合を同時にできる点から、真空ナウターミキサーなどを用いることが好ましい。また、フィーダー部やダイからの出口など空気と触れる場合は、除湿空気や除湿したNガスなどの雰囲気下にすることが好ましい。 From the viewpoint that drying and mixing can be performed simultaneously, it is preferable to use a vacuum nauter mixer or the like. Further, if the contact with air, such as the exit from the feeder unit or die, it is preferable that the atmosphere such as dehumidified air and dehumidified N 2 gas.
 押出機は、せん断力を抑え、樹脂が劣化(分子量低下、着色、ゲル生成等)しないようにペレット化可能でなるべく低温で加工することが好ましい。例えば、2軸押出機の場合、深溝タイプのスクリューを用いて、同方向に回転させることが好ましい。混錬の均一性から、噛み合いタイプが好ましい。 The extruder is preferably processed at as low a temperature as possible so as to be able to be pelletized so that the shear force is suppressed and the resin does not deteriorate (molecular weight reduction, coloring, gel formation, etc.). For example, in the case of a twin screw extruder, it is preferable to rotate in the same direction using a deep groove type screw. From the uniformity of kneading, the meshing type is preferable.
 以上のようにして得られたペレットを用いてフィルム製膜を行う。ペレット化せず、原材料の粉末をそのままフィーダーで押出機に供給し、そのままフィルム製膜することも可能である。 Film formation is performed using the pellets obtained as described above. It is also possible to feed the raw material powder directly to the extruder with a feeder and form a film as it is without pelletization.
 〈溶融混合物をダイから冷却ロールへ押し出す工程〉
 まず、作製したペレットを1軸や2軸タイプの押出機を用いて、押し出す際の溶融温度Tmを200~300℃程度とし、リーフディスクタイプのフィルターなどでろ過し異物を除去した後、Tダイからフィルム状に共押出し、冷却ロール上で固化し、弾性タッチロールと押圧しながら流延する。なお、Tmは、押出機のダイ出口部分の温度である。
<Process for extruding molten mixture from die to cooling roll>
First, the pellets produced are extruded using a single-screw or twin-screw extruder, the melting temperature Tm during extrusion is set to about 200 to 300 ° C., filtered through a leaf disk type filter or the like to remove foreign matter, and then the T-die The film is coextruded into a film, solidified on a cooling roll, and cast while pressing with an elastic touch roll. Tm is the temperature of the die exit portion of the extruder.
 供給ホッパーから押出機へ導入する際は、真空下または減圧下や不活性ガス雰囲気下にして酸化分解等を防止することが好ましい。 When introducing from the supply hopper to the extruder, it is preferable to prevent oxidative decomposition or the like under vacuum, reduced pressure, or inert gas atmosphere.
 ダイに傷や可塑剤の凝結物等の異物が付着するとスジ状の欠陥が発生する場合がある。このような欠陥のことをダイラインとも呼ぶが、ダイライン等の表面の欠陥を小さくするためには、押出機からダイまでの配管には樹脂の滞留部が極力少なくなるような構造にすることが好ましい。ダイの内部やリップにキズ等が極力無いものを用いることが好ましい。 ∙ If foreign matter such as scratches or plasticizer aggregates adheres to the die, streaky defects may occur. Such defects are also referred to as die lines, but in order to reduce surface defects such as die lines, it is preferable to have a structure in which the resin retention portion is minimized in the piping from the extruder to the die. . It is preferable to use a die that has as few scratches as possible inside the lip.
 押出機やダイなどの溶融樹脂と接触する内面は、表面粗さを小さくしたり、表面エネルギーの低い材質を用いるなどして、溶融樹脂が付着し難い表面加工が施されていることが好ましい。具体的には、ハードクロムメッキやセラミック溶射したものを表面粗さ0.2S以下となるように研磨したものが挙げられる。 The inner surface that comes into contact with the molten resin, such as an extruder or a die, is preferably subjected to surface treatment that makes it difficult for the molten resin to adhere to the surface by reducing the surface roughness or using a material with low surface energy. Specifically, a hard chrome plated or ceramic sprayed material is polished so that the surface roughness is 0.2 S or less.
 冷却ロールには特に制限はないが、高剛性の金属ロールで内部に温度制御可能な熱媒体または冷媒体が流れるような構造を備えたロールであればよい。冷却ロールの大きさは限定されないが、溶融押し出されたフィルムを冷却するのに十分な大きさであればよく、通常冷却ロールの直径は100mmから1m程度である。 The cooling roll is not particularly limited, but may be a roll having a structure in which a heat medium or a cooling medium capable of temperature control flows through a highly rigid metal roll. Although the size of the cooling roll is not limited, it may be sufficient to cool the melt-extruded film, and the diameter of the cooling roll is usually about 100 mm to 1 m.
 冷却ロールの表面材質は、炭素鋼、ステンレス、アルミニウム、チタンなどが挙げられる。さらに表面の硬度を上げたり、樹脂との剥離性を改良するため、ハードクロムメッキや、ニッケルメッキ、非晶質クロムメッキなどや、セラミック溶射等の表面処理を施すことが好ましい。 The surface material of the cooling roll includes carbon steel, stainless steel, aluminum, titanium and the like. Further, in order to increase the hardness of the surface or improve the releasability from the resin, it is preferable to perform a surface treatment such as hard chrome plating, nickel plating, amorphous chrome plating, or ceramic spraying.
 冷却ロール表面の表面粗さは、Raで0.1μm以下とすることが好ましく、さらに0.05μm以下とすることが好ましい。ロール表面が平滑であるほど、得られるフィルムの表面も平滑にできるのである。もちろん表面加工した表面はさらに研磨し上述した表面粗さとすることが好ましい。 The surface roughness of the cooling roll surface is preferably 0.1 μm or less in terms of Ra, and more preferably 0.05 μm or less. The smoother the roll surface, the smoother the surface of the resulting film. Of course, it is preferable that the surface processed is further polished to have the above-described surface roughness.
 弾性タッチロールとしては、特開平03-124425号、特開平08-224772号、特開平07-100960号、特開平10-272676号、WO97/028950号、特開平11-235747号、特開2002-36332号、特開2005-172940号や特開2005-280217号の各公報に記載されているような、表面が薄膜金属で被覆されたシリコンゴムロールを使用することができる。 Examples of the elastic touch roll include JP-A-03-124425, JP-A-08-224772, JP-A-07-1000096, JP-A-10-272676, WO97 / 028950, JP-A-11-235747, JP-A-2002-2002. It is possible to use a silicon rubber roll whose surface is coated with a thin film metal as described in JP-A-36332, JP-A-2005-172940 and JP-A-2005-280217.
 冷却ロールからフィルムを剥離する際は、張力を制御してフィルムの変形を防止することが好ましい。 When peeling the film from the cooling roll, it is preferable to control the tension to prevent deformation of the film.
 〔複合樹脂フィルムの製造方法〕
 本実施形態のフィルム基材は、複合樹脂フィルムで構成することができる。複合樹脂フィルムを製造する方法としては、共押し出し法による製膜工程を有する態様の製造方法によって製造することができる。
[Production method of composite resin film]
The film base material of this embodiment can be comprised with a composite resin film. As a method for producing a composite resin film, it can be produced by a production method of an embodiment having a film forming step by a coextrusion method.
 〈共押し出し法〉
 本実施形態においては、共押し出し法により、積層構造のフィルムを作製することもできる。例えば、スキン層/コア層/スキン層といった構成のフィルムを作ることができる。例えば、マット剤は、スキン層に多く、またはスキン層のみに入れることができる。可塑剤、紫外線吸収剤はスキン層よりもコア層に多く入れることができ、コア層のみに入れてもよい。また、コア層とスキン層で可塑剤、紫外線吸収剤の種類を変更することもでき、例えば、スキン層に低揮発性の可塑剤及び/または紫外線吸収剤を含ませ、コア層に可塑性に優れた可塑剤、或いは紫外線吸収性に優れた紫外線吸収剤を添加することもできる。スキン層とコア層のガラス転移温度が異なっていてもよく、スキン層のガラス転移温度よりコア層のガラス転移温度が低いことが好ましい。このとき、スキンとコアの両者のガラス転移温度を測定し、これらの体積分率より算出した平均値を上記ガラス転移温度Tgと定義して同様に扱うこともできる。また、溶融流延時のセルロースエステルを含む溶融物の粘度もスキン層とコア層で異なっていてもよく、スキン層の粘度>コア層の粘度でも、コア層の粘度≧スキン層の粘度でもよい。
<Co-extrusion method>
In the present embodiment, a film having a laminated structure can also be produced by a coextrusion method. For example, a film having a structure of skin layer / core layer / skin layer can be produced. For example, the matting agent can be contained in the skin layer in a large amount or only in the skin layer. The plasticizer and the ultraviolet absorber can be contained in the core layer more than the skin layer, and may be contained only in the core layer. In addition, the type of plasticizer and ultraviolet absorber can be changed between the core layer and the skin layer. For example, the skin layer contains a low-volatile plasticizer and / or an ultraviolet absorber, and the core layer has excellent plasticity. It is also possible to add a plasticizer or an ultraviolet absorber excellent in ultraviolet absorption. The glass transition temperature of the skin layer and the core layer may be different, and the glass transition temperature of the core layer is preferably lower than the glass transition temperature of the skin layer. At this time, the glass transition temperatures of both the skin and the core can be measured, and an average value calculated from these volume fractions can be defined as the glass transition temperature Tg and similarly handled. Also, the viscosity of the melt containing the cellulose ester during melt casting may be different between the skin layer and the core layer, and the viscosity of the skin layer> the viscosity of the core layer or the viscosity of the core layer ≧ the viscosity of the skin layer may be used.
 なお、上記の共押し出し法とは、複数の押出機を用いて、それぞれから積層する樹脂を加熱溶融し、それぞれの樹脂を合流させた後にTダイのスリット状の吐出口から共押出し、チルドロールで冷却固化させてキャストシート(未延伸状態)を形成する方法である。溶融樹脂を合流させて、Tダイよりシートを押出する方法としては、溶融樹脂を合流させてからマニュホールドを広げるフィードブロック法と、溶融樹脂をそれぞれマニュホールドで広げてから合流させるマルチマニュホールド法があるが、そのどちらを用いてもよい。 The above-mentioned co-extrusion method uses a plurality of extruders to heat and melt the resin to be laminated from each other, and after the respective resins are merged, co-extrusion is performed from the slit-shaped discharge port of the T die. Is a method of forming a cast sheet (unstretched state) by cooling and solidifying. As a method of joining the molten resin and extruding the sheet from the T-die, a feed block method in which the molten resin is joined and then the manifold is widened, and a multi-manifold method in which the molten resin is spread by the manifold and then joined together. Either of them can be used.
 〔添加剤〕 〔Additive〕
 (酸化防止剤)
 フィルム基材は、添加剤として酸化防止剤を含むことが好ましい。好ましい酸化防止剤は、リン系またはフェノール系であり、リン系とフェノール系を同時に組み合わせるとより好ましい。以下、本実施形態において好適に用いることができる酸化防止剤について説明する。
(Antioxidant)
The film substrate preferably contains an antioxidant as an additive. Preferred antioxidants are phosphorous or phenolic, and it is more preferred to combine phosphorous and phenolic simultaneously. Hereinafter, the antioxidant that can be suitably used in the present embodiment will be described.
 〈フェノール系酸化防止剤〉
 本実施形態においては、フェノール系の酸化防止剤が好ましく用いられ、特にヒンダードフェノール化合物が好ましく用いられる。
<Phenolic antioxidant>
In this embodiment, a phenolic antioxidant is preferably used, and a hindered phenol compound is particularly preferably used.
 〈リン系酸化防止剤〉
 リン系酸化防止剤としては、ホスファイト(phosphite)、ホスホナイト(phosphonite)、ホスフィナイト(phosphinite)、または第3級ホスファン(phosphane)等のリン系化合物を使用することができる。リン系化合物としては、従来既知の化合物を用いることができる。例えば、特開2002-138188号、特開2005-344044号段落番号0022~0027、特開2004-182979号段落番号0023~0039、特開平10-306175号、特開平1-254744号、特開平2-270892号、特開平5-202078号、特開平5-178870号、特表2004-504435号、特表2004-530759号、および特願2005-353229号の各公報の明細書中に記載されているものが好ましい。
<Phosphorus antioxidant>
As the phosphorus antioxidant, phosphorus compounds such as phosphite, phosphonite, phosphinite, or tertiary phosphane can be used. A conventionally known compound can be used as the phosphorus compound. For example, Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open Nos. 2002-138188, 2005-344444, paragraph numbers 0022 to 0027, Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2004-182979, paragraphs 0023 to 0039, Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open Nos. 10-306175, 1-254744, and Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. -270892, JP-A-5-202078, JP-A-5-178870, JP-T-2004-504435, JP-T-2004-530759, and JP-A-2005-353229. Is preferred.
 リン系化合物の添加量は、樹脂100質量部に対して、通常0.01~10質量部、好ましくは0.05~5質量部、さらに好ましくは0.1~3質量部である。 The addition amount of the phosphorus compound is usually 0.01 to 10 parts by mass, preferably 0.05 to 5 parts by mass, and more preferably 0.1 to 3 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the resin.
 (その他の酸化防止剤)
 また、ジラウリル-3,3′-チオジプロピオネート、ジミリスチル-3,3′-チオジプロピオネート、ジステアリル-3,3′-チオジプロピオネート、ペンタエリスリチルテトラキス(3-ラウリルチオプロピオネート)等のイオウ系酸化防止剤、2-tert-ブチル-6-(3-tert-ブチル-2-ヒドロキシ-5-メチルベンジル)-4-メチルフェニルアクリレート、2-[1-(2-ヒドロキシ-3,5-ジ-tert-ペンチルフェニル)エチル]-4,6-ジ-tert-ペンチルフェニルアクリレート等の耐熱加工安定剤、特公平08-27508号記載の3,4-ジヒドロ-2H-1-ベンゾピラン系化合物、3,3′-スピロジクロマン系化合物、1,1-スピロインダン系化合物、モルホリン、チオモルホリン、チオモルホリンオキシド、チオモルホリンジオキシド、ピペラジン骨格を部分構造に有する化合物、特開平03-174150記載のジアルコキシベンゼン系化合物等の酸素スカベンジャー等が挙げられる。これら酸化防止剤の部分構造が、ポリマーの一部、あるいは規則的にポリマーへペンダントされていてもよく、可塑剤、酸捕捉剤、紫外線吸収剤等の添加剤の分子構造の一部に導入されていてもよい。
(Other antioxidants)
Dilauryl-3,3′-thiodipropionate, dimyristyl-3,3′-thiodipropionate, distearyl-3,3′-thiodipropionate, pentaerythrityltetrakis (3-laurylthiopropionate) Nate) and other sulfur-based antioxidants, 2-tert-butyl-6- (3-tert-butyl-2-hydroxy-5-methylbenzyl) -4-methylphenyl acrylate, 2- [1- (2-hydroxy -3,5-di-tert-pentylphenyl) ethyl] -4,6-di-tert-pentylphenyl acrylate, a heat resistant processing stabilizer such as 3,4-dihydro-2H-1 described in JP-B-08-27508 -Benzopyran compounds, 3,3'-spirodichroman compounds, 1,1-spiroindane compounds, morpholine, thiomorpho Emissions, thiomorpholine oxide, thiomorpholine dioxide, a compound having a piperazine skeleton partial structure, oxygen scavenger dialkoxy benzene type compound in JP-03-174150 describes the like. These antioxidant partial structures may be part of the polymer or regularly pendant into the polymer and introduced into part of the molecular structure of additives such as plasticizers, acid scavengers, and UV absorbers. It may be.
 (その他の添加剤)
 本実施形態に係るフィルム基材には、上記の化合物等の他に、目的に応じて種々の化合物等を添加剤として含有させることができる。
(Other additives)
In addition to the above-described compounds, the film substrate according to the present embodiment can contain various compounds as additives depending on the purpose.
 〈酸捕捉剤〉
 酸捕捉剤としては、米国特許第4,137,201号明細書に記載されている酸捕捉剤としてのエポキシ化合物を含んでなるのが好ましい。このような酸捕捉剤としてのエポキシ化合物は、当該技術分野において既知であり、種々のポリグリコールのジグリシジルエーテル、特にポリグリコール1モル当たりに約8~40モルのエチレンオキシドなどの縮合によって誘導されるポリグリコール、グリセロールのジグリシジルエーテルなど、金属エポキシ化合物(例えば、塩化ビニルポリマー組成物において、及び塩化ビニルポリマー組成物と共に、従来から利用されているもの)、エポキシ化エーテル縮合生成物、ビスフェノールAのジグリシジルエーテル(即ち、4,4′-ジヒドロキシジフェニルジメチルメタン)、エポキシ化不飽和脂肪酸エステル(特に、2~22この炭素原子の脂肪酸の4~2個程度の炭素原子のアルキルのエステル(例えば、ブチルエポキシステアレート)など)、及び種々のエポキシ化長鎖脂肪酸トリグリセリドなど(例えば、エポキシ化大豆油などの組成物によって代表され、例示され得る、エポキシ化植物油及び他の不飽和天然油(これらは時としてエポキシ化天然グリセリドまたは不飽和脂肪酸と称され、これらの脂肪酸は一般に12~22個の炭素原子を含有している))が含まれる。
<Acid scavenger>
The acid scavenger preferably comprises an epoxy compound as an acid scavenger described in US Pat. No. 4,137,201. Epoxy compounds as such acid scavengers are known in the art and are derived by condensation of diglycidyl ethers of various polyglycols, particularly about 8-40 moles of ethylene oxide per mole of polyglycol. Metal glycol compounds such as polyglycols, diglycidyl ethers of glycerol (eg, those conventionally used in and together with vinyl chloride polymer compositions), epoxidized ether condensation products, bisphenol A Diglycidyl ethers (ie, 4,4'-dihydroxydiphenyldimethylmethane), epoxidized unsaturated fatty acid esters (especially esters of alkyls of about 2 to 2 carbon atoms of fatty acids of 2 to 22 carbon atoms (eg Butyl epoxy stealey ), And various epoxidized long chain fatty acid triglycerides, etc. (eg, epoxidized vegetable oils and other unsaturated natural oils, which are sometimes epoxidized, which can be represented and exemplified by compositions such as epoxidized soybean oil) These are referred to as natural glycerides or unsaturated fatty acids and these fatty acids generally contain 12 to 22 carbon atoms)).
 〈光安定剤〉
 光安定剤としては、ヒンダードアミン光安定剤(HALS)化合物が挙げられ、これは既知の化合物であり、例えば、米国特許第4,619,956号明細書の第5~11欄及び米国特許第4,839,405号明細書の第3~5欄に記載されているように、2,2,6,6-テトラアルキルピペリジン化合物、またはそれらの酸付加塩もしくはそれらと金属化合物との錯体が含まれる。さらに、特開2007-63311号公報に記載されている光安定剤を用いることができる。
<Light stabilizer>
Light stabilizers include hindered amine light stabilizer (HALS) compounds, which are known compounds, such as US Pat. No. 4,619,956, columns 5-11 and US Pat. , 839, 405, as described in columns 3 to 5, including 2,2,6,6-tetraalkylpiperidine compounds, or acid addition salts thereof, or complexes of these with metal compounds It is. Furthermore, the light stabilizer described in JP 2007-63311 A can be used.
 〈紫外線吸収剤〉
 紫外線吸収剤としては、紫外線による劣化防止の観点から、波長370nm以下の紫外線の吸収能に優れており、かつ液晶表示性の観点から、波長400nm以上の可視光の吸収が少ないものが好ましい。例えば、オキシベンゾフェノン系化合物、ベンゾトリアゾール系化合物、サリチル酸エステル系化合物、ベンゾフェノン系化合物、シアノアクリレート系化合物、ニッケル錯塩系化合物等を挙げることができるが、ベンゾフェノン系化合物や着色の少ないベンゾトリアゾール系化合物が好ましい。また、特開平10-182621号公報、特開平8-337574号公報記載の紫外線吸収剤、特開平6-148430号公報記載の高分子紫外線吸収剤を用いてもよい。
<Ultraviolet absorber>
As the ultraviolet absorber, from the viewpoint of preventing deterioration due to ultraviolet rays, those having excellent absorption ability of ultraviolet rays having a wavelength of 370 nm or less and those having little absorption of visible light having a wavelength of 400 nm or more are preferable from the viewpoint of liquid crystal display properties. Examples include oxybenzophenone compounds, benzotriazole compounds, salicylic acid ester compounds, benzophenone compounds, cyanoacrylate compounds, nickel complex compounds, etc., but benzophenone compounds and less colored benzotriazole compounds preferable. Further, ultraviolet absorbers described in JP-A-10-182621 and JP-A-8-337574, and polymer ultraviolet absorbers described in JP-A-6-148430 may be used.
 本実施形態においては、紫外線吸収剤は0.1~20質量%添加することが好ましく、さらに0.5~10質量%添加することが好ましく、さらに1~5質量%添加することが好ましい。これらは2種以上を併用してもよい。 In this embodiment, it is preferable to add the ultraviolet absorber in an amount of 0.1 to 20% by mass, more preferably 0.5 to 10% by mass, and further preferably 1 to 5% by mass. Two or more of these may be used in combination.
 〈マット剤〉
 本実施形態のフィルム基材には、マット剤等の微粒子を添加することができ、微粒子としては、無機化合物の微粒子又は有機化合物の微粒子が挙げられる。微粒子としては、例えば、二酸化ケイ素、二酸化チタン、酸化アルミニウム、酸化ジルコニウム、炭酸カルシウム、カオリン、タルク、焼成ケイ酸カルシウム、水和ケイ酸カルシウム、ケイ酸アルミニウム、ケイ酸マグネシウム、リン酸カルシウム等の無機微粒子や架橋高分子微粒子を挙げることができる。中でも、二酸化ケイ素が樹脂基板のヘイズを低くできるので好ましい。二酸化ケイ素のような微粒子は有機物により表面処理されている場合が多いが、このようなものは樹脂基板のヘイズを低下できるため好ましい。
<Matting agent>
Fine particles such as a matting agent can be added to the film substrate of the present embodiment, and examples of the fine particles include inorganic compound fine particles and organic compound fine particles. Examples of the fine particles include inorganic fine particles such as silicon dioxide, titanium dioxide, aluminum oxide, zirconium oxide, calcium carbonate, kaolin, talc, calcined calcium silicate, hydrated calcium silicate, aluminum silicate, magnesium silicate, and calcium phosphate. Crosslinked polymer fine particles can be mentioned. Among these, silicon dioxide is preferable because it can reduce the haze of the resin substrate. In many cases, fine particles such as silicon dioxide are surface-treated with an organic material, but such particles are preferable because they can reduce the haze of the resin substrate.
 〈可塑剤〉
 セルロースエステルフィルムには、透湿性及び組成物の流動性やフィルムの柔軟性を向上させるために、可塑剤を併用することもできる。可塑剤としては、フタル酸エステル系、脂肪酸エステル系、トリメリット酸エステル系、リン酸エステル系、ポリエステル系、糖エステル系、アクリル系ポリマー等が挙げられる。この中では、透湿性の観点からポリエステル系、及び糖エステル系ポリマーの可塑剤が好ましく用いられる。
<Plasticizer>
A plasticizer can be used in combination with the cellulose ester film in order to improve moisture permeability, fluidity of the composition, and flexibility of the film. Examples of the plasticizer include phthalate esters, fatty acid esters, trimellitic esters, phosphate esters, polyesters, sugar esters, acrylic polymers, and the like. Among these, from the viewpoint of moisture permeability, polyester-based and sugar ester-based polymer plasticizers are preferably used.
 これらの可塑剤は、セルロースエステルフィルム100質量部に対して、0.5~30質量部を添加するのが好ましい。 These plasticizers are preferably added in an amount of 0.5 to 30 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the cellulose ester film.
 〔ハードコート層〕
 表面保護フィルム(フィルム基材4a)の表面には、表面保護の目的でハードコート層を形成してもよい。ハードコート層は、例えば、活性エネルギー線硬化型樹脂で構成されることが好ましい。
[Hard coat layer]
A hard coat layer may be formed on the surface of the surface protective film (film substrate 4a) for the purpose of surface protection. The hard coat layer is preferably composed of, for example, an active energy ray curable resin.
 (活性エネルギー線硬化型樹脂)
 活性エネルギー線硬化型樹脂とは、紫外線や電子線のような活性線照射により架橋反応等を経て硬化する樹脂をいい、具体的にはエチレン性不飽和基を有する樹脂である。さらに具体的には、紫外線硬化型ウレタンアクリレート系樹脂、紫外線硬化型ポリエステルアクリレート系樹脂、紫外線硬化型エポキシアクリレート系樹脂、紫外線硬化型ポリオールアクリレート系樹脂、または紫外線硬化型エポキシ樹脂等が好ましく用いられる。中でも紫外線硬化型アクリレート系樹脂が好ましい。
(Active energy ray-curable resin)
The active energy ray-curable resin refers to a resin that cures through a crosslinking reaction or the like by irradiation with active rays such as ultraviolet rays or electron beams, and specifically, a resin having an ethylenically unsaturated group. More specifically, an ultraviolet curable urethane acrylate resin, an ultraviolet curable polyester acrylate resin, an ultraviolet curable epoxy acrylate resin, an ultraviolet curable polyol acrylate resin, an ultraviolet curable epoxy resin, or the like is preferably used. Of these, ultraviolet curable acrylate resins are preferred.
 紫外線硬化型アクリレート系樹脂としては、多官能アクリレートが好ましい。該多官能アクリレートとしては、ペンタエリスリトール多官能アクリレート、ジペンタエリスリトール多官能アクリレート、ペンタエリスリトール多官能メタクリレート、およびジペンタエリスリトール多官能メタクリレートよりなる群から選ばれることが好ましい。ここで、多官能アクリレートとは、分子中に2個以上のアクリロイルオキシ基またはメタクロイルオキシ基を有する化合物である。 As the ultraviolet curable acrylate resin, polyfunctional acrylate is preferable. The polyfunctional acrylate is preferably selected from the group consisting of pentaerythritol polyfunctional acrylate, dipentaerythritol polyfunctional acrylate, pentaerythritol polyfunctional methacrylate, and dipentaerythritol polyfunctional methacrylate. Here, the polyfunctional acrylate is a compound having two or more acryloyloxy groups or methacryloyloxy groups in the molecule.
 ハードコート層組成物中における、上記活性エネルギー線硬化型樹脂の配合量は、組成物全体を100質量部とすると、通常、10~99質量部、好ましくは35~99質量部である。活性エネルギー線硬化型樹脂の配合量が少ないと、ハードコート層の膜強度が十分に得られにくい。また、配合量が多いと、後述する公知の塗布方法で塗布した際の膜厚均一性や塗布筋などの故障が発生するため好ましくない。 The compounding amount of the active energy ray-curable resin in the hard coat layer composition is usually 10 to 99 parts by mass, preferably 35 to 99 parts by mass, when the total composition is 100 parts by mass. When the blending amount of the active energy ray-curable resin is small, it is difficult to sufficiently obtain the film strength of the hard coat layer. Moreover, when there are many compounding quantities, since malfunctions, such as a film thickness uniformity at the time of apply | coating with the well-known coating method mentioned later and an application | coating stripe | line | muscle generate | occur | produce, it is not preferable.
 (カチオン重合性化合物)
 ハードコート層は、さらにカチオン重合性化合物を含有してもよい。カチオン重合性化合物とは、エネルギー活性線照射や熱によってカチオン重合を起こして樹脂化するものである。具体的には、エポキシ基、環状エーテル基、環状アセタール基、環状ラクトン基、環状チオエーテル基、スピロオルソエステル化合物、ビニルオキソ基等が挙げられる。中でもエポキシ基やビニルエーテル基などの官能基を有する化合物が、本実施形態において好適に用いられる。
(Cationically polymerizable compound)
The hard coat layer may further contain a cationically polymerizable compound. The cationically polymerizable compound is a resin that undergoes cationic polymerization by energy active ray irradiation or heat. Specific examples include an epoxy group, a cyclic ether group, a cyclic acetal group, a cyclic lactone group, a cyclic thioether group, a spiro orthoester compound, and a vinyloxo group. Among them, a compound having a functional group such as an epoxy group or a vinyl ether group is preferably used in this embodiment.
 ハードコート層組成物に上記カチオン重合性化合物が含まれる場合、ハードコート層組成物中における、カチオン重合性化合物の配合量は、組成物全体を100質量部とすると、通常、1~90質量部、好ましくは1~50質量部である。 When the hard coat layer composition contains the cationic polymerizable compound, the compounding amount of the cationic polymerizable compound in the hard coat layer composition is usually 1 to 90 parts by weight when the entire composition is 100 parts by weight. The amount is preferably 1 to 50 parts by mass.
 (微粒子)
 ハードコート層は、微粒子を含有してもよい。微粒子としては無機微粒子と有機微粒子が挙げられる。無機粒子としては、シリカ、酸化チタン、酸化アルミニウム、酸化スズ、酸化インジウム、ITO、酸化亜鉛、酸化ジルコニウム、酸化マグネシウム、炭酸カルシウム、炭酸カルシウム、タルク、クレイ、焼成カオリン、焼成ケイ酸カルシウム、水和ケイ酸カルシウム、ケイ酸アルミニウム、ケイ酸マグネシウム及びリン酸カルシウムを挙げることができる。有機粒子としては、ポリメタアクリル酸メチルアクリレート樹脂粉末、アクリルスチレン系樹脂粉末、ポリメチルメタクリレート樹脂粉末、シリコン系樹脂粉末、ポリスチレン系樹脂粉末、ポリカーボネート樹脂粉末、ベンゾグアナミン系樹脂粉末、メラミン系樹脂粉末、ポリオレフィン系樹脂粉末、ポリエステル系樹脂粉末、ポリアミド系樹脂粉末、ポリイミド系樹脂粉末、またはポリ弗化エチレン系樹脂粉末等を挙げることができる。これら微粒子の平均粒径は、ハードコート層塗布組成物の安定性やクリア性から、30nm~200nmが好ましい。また、ハードコート層には粒径が異なる2種以上の微粒子を含有させてもよい。所望の鉛筆硬度を達成しやすい点から、ハードコート層にはシリカ微粒子を含有させることが好ましい。
(Fine particles)
The hard coat layer may contain fine particles. Examples of the fine particles include inorganic fine particles and organic fine particles. As inorganic particles, silica, titanium oxide, aluminum oxide, tin oxide, indium oxide, ITO, zinc oxide, zirconium oxide, magnesium oxide, calcium carbonate, calcium carbonate, talc, clay, calcined kaolin, calcined calcium silicate, hydrated Mention may be made of calcium silicate, aluminum silicate, magnesium silicate and calcium phosphate. As organic particles, polymethacrylic acid methyl acrylate resin powder, acrylic styrene resin powder, polymethyl methacrylate resin powder, silicon resin powder, polystyrene resin powder, polycarbonate resin powder, benzoguanamine resin powder, melamine resin powder, Examples thereof include polyolefin resin powder, polyester resin powder, polyamide resin powder, polyimide resin powder, and polyfluorinated ethylene resin powder. The average particle diameter of these fine particles is preferably 30 nm to 200 nm in view of the stability and clearness of the hard coat layer coating composition. The hard coat layer may contain two or more kinds of fine particles having different particle sizes. From the viewpoint of easily achieving the desired pencil hardness, the hard coat layer preferably contains silica fine particles.
 また、本実施形態の作用効果をより良く発揮する点から、ハードコート層には重合性不飽和基を有する有機化合物によって表面処理された反応性シリカ微粒子(Xa)を含有させることが好ましい。 Also, from the viewpoint of better exhibiting the effects of the present embodiment, it is preferable that the hard coat layer contains reactive silica fine particles (Xa) surface-treated with an organic compound having a polymerizable unsaturated group.
 また、ハードコート層は、前述した活性エネルギー線硬化型樹脂と微粒子とを含有し、含有質量比で、活性エネルギー線硬化型樹脂:微粒子=90:10~20:80であることが好ましい。 The hard coat layer preferably contains the above-mentioned active energy ray-curable resin and fine particles, and the active mass ray-curable resin: fine particles = 90: 10 to 20:80 in terms of the mass ratio.
 (その他の添加剤、ハードコート層の製造方法)
 ハードコート層には、前記活性エネルギー線硬化型樹脂の硬化促進のため、さらに光重合開始剤を含有させることが好ましい。光重合開始剤の配合量としては、質量比で、光重合開始剤:活性エネルギー線硬化型樹脂=20:100~0.01:100であることが好ましい。
(Other additives, manufacturing method of hard coat layer)
The hard coat layer preferably further contains a photopolymerization initiator in order to accelerate the curing of the active energy ray-curable resin. The blending amount of the photopolymerization initiator is preferably, as a mass ratio, photopolymerization initiator: active energy ray-curable resin = 20: 100 to 0.01: 100.
 光重合開始剤としては、具体的には、アルキルフェノン系、アセトフェノン、ベンゾフェノン、ヒドロキシベンゾフェノン、ミヒラーケトン、α-アミロキシムエステル、チオキサントン等及びこれらの誘導体を挙げることができるが、特にこれらに限定されるものではない。これらは市販のものを使用してもよく、例えば、BASFジャパン(株)製のイルガキュア184、イルガキュア907、イルガキュア651などが好ましい例示として挙げられる。 Specific examples of the photopolymerization initiator include alkylphenone series, acetophenone, benzophenone, hydroxybenzophenone, Michler's ketone, α-amyloxime ester, thioxanthone, and derivatives thereof, but are not particularly limited thereto. It is not a thing. Commercially available products may be used, and preferred examples include Irgacure 184, Irgacure 907, and Irgacure 651 manufactured by BASF Japan.
 また、ハードコート層は、上述の紫外線吸収剤と同様の紫外線吸収剤を含有していてもよい。 Further, the hard coat layer may contain an ultraviolet absorber similar to the above-described ultraviolet absorber.
 さらには、ハードコート層が2層以上で構成され、かつフィルム基材と接するハードコート層に紫外線吸収剤を含有することが、本実施形態の目的効果が良好に発揮され、かつハードコート層の膜強度(耐擦傷性)や鉛筆硬度が良好に得られる点から好ましい。紫外線吸収剤の含有量としては、質量比で、紫外線吸収剤:ハードコート層組成物=0.01:100~10:100であることが好ましい。 Furthermore, the hard coat layer is composed of two or more layers, and the hard coat layer in contact with the film substrate contains an ultraviolet absorber, so that the objective effect of the present embodiment is satisfactorily exhibited, and the hard coat layer The film strength (abrasion resistance) and the pencil hardness are preferred from the viewpoint of obtaining good results. The content of the UV absorber is preferably, as a mass ratio, UV absorber: hard coat layer composition = 0.01: 100 to 10: 100.
 ハードコート層を2層以上設ける場合、フィルム基材と接するハードコート層の膜厚は、0.05~2μmの範囲であることが好ましい。2層以上の積層は同時重層で形成してもよい。同時重層とは、乾燥工程を経ずに基材上に2層以上のハードコート層をwet on wetで塗布して、ハードコート層を形成することである。第1ハードコート層の上に乾燥工程を経ずに、第2ハードコート層をwet on wetで積層するには、押し出しコーターにより逐次重層するか、若しくは複数のスリットを有するスロットダイにて同時重層を行えばよい。 When two or more hard coat layers are provided, the thickness of the hard coat layer in contact with the film substrate is preferably in the range of 0.05 to 2 μm. Two or more layers may be formed as a simultaneous multilayer. The simultaneous multi-layering is to form a hard coat layer by applying two or more hard coat layers on a base material without going through a drying step. In order to laminate the second hard coat layer on the first hard coat layer without using a drying process, the layers are stacked one after another with an extrusion coater or simultaneously with a slot die having a plurality of slits. Can be done.
 また、ハードコート層の作製方法としては、セルロースエステルフィルムを膨潤または一部溶解をする溶剤で希釈したハードコート層塗布組成物を、以下の方法でセルロースエステルフィルム上に塗布、乾燥、硬化して設ける方法が、ハードコート層とセルロースエステルフィルムとの層間密着が得られやすい点から好ましい。 In addition, as a method for producing a hard coat layer, a hard coat layer coating composition diluted with a solvent that swells or partially dissolves a cellulose ester film is applied, dried and cured on the cellulose ester film by the following method. The method of providing is preferable from the viewpoint that interlayer adhesion between the hard coat layer and the cellulose ester film is easily obtained.
 セルロースエステルフィルムを膨潤または一部溶解する溶剤としては、ケトンおよび/または酢酸エステルを含む溶剤が好ましい。具体的には、ケトンとしてはメチルエチルケトン、アセトン、シクロヘキサノンなどを挙げることができる。また、酢酸エステルとしては酢酸エチル、酢酸メチル、酢酸ブチルなどを挙げることができる。ハードコート層塗布組成物は、その他の溶剤として、アルコール系溶剤を含んでもよい。 As the solvent for swelling or partially dissolving the cellulose ester film, a solvent containing a ketone and / or an acetate ester is preferable. Specifically, examples of the ketone include methyl ethyl ketone, acetone, and cyclohexanone. Examples of the acetate ester include ethyl acetate, methyl acetate, and butyl acetate. The hard coat layer coating composition may contain an alcohol solvent as the other solvent.
 ハードコート層塗布組成物の塗布量は、ウェット膜厚として0.1~40μmが好適で、さらに好ましくは、0.5~30μmである。また、ドライ膜厚としては平均膜厚5~20μm程度、好ましくは7~12μmが好ましい。 The coating amount of the hard coat layer coating composition is preferably 0.1 to 40 μm, more preferably 0.5 to 30 μm as a wet film thickness. The dry film thickness is preferably about 5 to 20 μm, preferably 7 to 12 μm.
 ハードコート層は、グラビアコーター、ディップコーター、リバースコーター、ワイヤーバーコーター、ダイ(押し出し)コーター、インクジェット法等公知の塗布方法を用いて、ハードコート層を形成するハードコート塗布組成物を塗布し、塗布後、乾燥し、活性線を照射(UV硬化処理とも言う)し、更に必要に応じて、UV硬化後に加熱処理することで形成できる。UV硬化後の加熱処理温度としては80℃以上が好ましく、更に好ましくは100℃以上であり、特に好ましくは120℃以上である。このような高温でUV硬化後の加熱処理を行うことで、ハードコート層の機械的強度(耐擦性、鉛筆硬度)がより良好となる。 The hard coat layer is a gravure coater, a dip coater, a reverse coater, a wire bar coater, a die (extrusion) coater, a hard coat coating composition that forms a hard coat layer is applied using a known coating method such as an inkjet method, After application, the film can be dried, irradiated with actinic radiation (also referred to as UV curing treatment), and further subjected to heat treatment after UV curing as necessary. The heat treatment temperature after UV curing is preferably 80 ° C. or higher, more preferably 100 ° C. or higher, and particularly preferably 120 ° C. or higher. By performing the heat treatment after UV curing at such a high temperature, the mechanical strength (rubbing resistance, pencil hardness) of the hard coat layer becomes better.
 <機能性層>
 本実施形態のハードコートフィルムには、上記のハードコート層以外に、バックコート層、反射防止層、防眩層等の機能性層を設けることができる。
<Functional layer>
In the hard coat film of this embodiment, functional layers such as a back coat layer, an antireflection layer and an antiglare layer can be provided in addition to the above hard coat layer.
 (バックコート層)
 本実施形態のセルロースエステルフィルムにおけるハードコート層を設けた側とは反対側の面に、カールやブロッキング防止のためにバックコート層を設けてもよい。
(Back coat layer)
In the cellulose ester film of this embodiment, a back coat layer may be provided on the surface opposite to the side on which the hard coat layer is provided in order to prevent curling and blocking.
 カールやブロッキング防止の点から、バックコート層には、二酸化ケイ素、二酸化チタン、酸化アルミニウム、酸化ジルコニウム、炭酸カルシウム、炭酸カルシウム、タルク、クレイ、焼成カオリン、焼成ケイ酸カルシウム、酸化錫、酸化インジウム、酸化亜鉛、ITO、水和ケイ酸カルシウム、ケイ酸アルミニウム、ケイ酸マグネシウムおよびリン酸カルシウム等の粒子を添加することができる。 In terms of curling and blocking prevention, the back coat layer includes silicon dioxide, titanium dioxide, aluminum oxide, zirconium oxide, calcium carbonate, calcium carbonate, talc, clay, calcined kaolin, calcined calcium silicate, tin oxide, indium oxide, Particles such as zinc oxide, ITO, hydrated calcium silicate, aluminum silicate, magnesium silicate and calcium phosphate can be added.
 バックコート層に含まれる粒子は、バインダーに対して0.1~50質量%が好ましい。バックコート層を設けた場合のヘイズの増加は0.5%以下であることが好ましく、特に0.1%以下であることが好ましい。バインダーとしては、セルロースエステル樹脂が好ましい。また、バックコート層を形成するための塗布組成物には、アルコール類、ケトン類および/または酢酸エステル類糖の溶媒を含有することが好ましい。 The particles contained in the backcoat layer are preferably 0.1 to 50% by mass with respect to the binder. When the back coat layer is provided, the increase in haze is preferably 0.5% or less, and particularly preferably 0.1% or less. As the binder, a cellulose ester resin is preferable. The coating composition for forming the backcoat layer preferably contains a solvent for alcohols, ketones and / or acetate ester sugars.
 (反射防止層)
 本実施形態のハードコートフィルムは、ハードコート層の上層に反射防止層を塗設して、外光反射防止機能を有する反射防止フィルムとして用いることもできる。
(Antireflection layer)
The hard coat film of the present embodiment can also be used as an antireflection film having an external light antireflection function by coating an antireflection layer on the hard coat layer.
 反射防止層は、光学干渉によって反射率が減少するように屈折率、膜厚、層の数、層順等を考慮して積層されていることが好ましい。反射防止層は、支持体であるフィルム基材よりも屈折率の低い低屈折率層、もしくは支持体よりも屈折率の高い高屈折率層と低屈折率層とを組み合わせて構成されていることが好ましい。特に好ましくは、3層以上の屈折率層から構成される反射防止層であり、支持体側から屈折率の異なる3層を、中屈折率層(支持体よりも屈折率が高く、高屈折率層よりも屈折率の低い層)/高屈折率層/低屈折率層の順に積層されているものが好ましく用いられる。または、2層以上の高屈折率層と2層以上の低屈折率層とを交互に積層した4層以上の層構成の反射防止層も好ましく用いられる。 The antireflection layer is preferably laminated in consideration of the refractive index, the film thickness, the number of layers, the layer order, and the like so that the reflectance is reduced by optical interference. The antireflection layer is composed of a low refractive index layer having a refractive index lower than that of the film substrate as a support, or a combination of a high refractive index layer having a refractive index higher than that of the support and a low refractive index layer. Is preferred. Particularly preferably, it is an antireflection layer composed of three or more refractive index layers, and three layers having different refractive indexes from the support side are divided into medium refractive index layers (high refractive index layers having a higher refractive index than the support). Are preferably laminated in the order of a layer having a lower refractive index) / a high refractive index layer / a low refractive index layer. Alternatively, an antireflection layer having a layer structure of four or more layers in which two or more high refractive index layers and two or more low refractive index layers are alternately laminated is also preferably used.
 反射防止層を有するフィルムの層構成としては、下記のような構成が考えられるが、これに限定されるものではない。 As the layer structure of a film having an antireflection layer, the following structure is conceivable, but is not limited thereto.
 セルロースアセテートフィルム/ハードコート層/低屈折率層
 セルロースアセテートフィルム/ハードコート層/中屈折率層/低屈折率層
 セルロースアセテートフィルム/ハードコート層/中屈折率層/高屈折率層/低屈折率層
 セルロースアセテートフィルム/ハードコート層/高屈折率層(導電性層)/低屈折率層
 セルロースアセテートフィルム/ハードコート層/防眩性層/低屈折率層
Cellulose acetate film / hard coat layer / low refractive index layer Cellulose acetate film / hard coat layer / medium refractive index layer / low refractive index layer Cellulose acetate film / hard coat layer / medium refractive index layer / high refractive index layer / low refractive index Layer Cellulose acetate film / hard coat layer / high refractive index layer (conductive layer) / low refractive index layer Cellulose acetate film / hard coat layer / antiglare layer / low refractive index layer
 (低屈折率層)
 低屈折率層は、シリカ系微粒子を含有することが好ましく、その屈折率は、23℃、波長550nm測定で、1.30~1.45の範囲であることが好ましい。
(Low refractive index layer)
The low refractive index layer preferably contains silica-based fine particles, and the refractive index is preferably in the range of 1.30 to 1.45 when measured at 23 ° C. and wavelength of 550 nm.
 低屈折率層の膜厚は、5nm~0.5μmであることが好ましく、10nm~0.3μmであることが更に好ましく、30nm~0.2μmであることが最も好ましい。 The film thickness of the low refractive index layer is preferably 5 nm to 0.5 μm, more preferably 10 nm to 0.3 μm, and most preferably 30 nm to 0.2 μm.
 (高屈折率層)
 高屈折率層の屈折率は、23℃、波長550nm測定で、屈折率を1.4~2.2の範囲に調整することが好ましい。また、高屈折率層の厚さは5nm~1μmが好ましく、10nm~0.2μmであることが更に好ましく、30nm~0.1μmであることが最も好ましい。屈折率の調整は、金属酸化物微粒子等を添加することで行うことができる。用いる金属酸化物微粒子の屈折率は1.80~2.60であるものが好ましく、1.85~2.50であるものが更に好ましい。
(High refractive index layer)
The refractive index of the high refractive index layer is preferably adjusted to a range of 1.4 to 2.2 by measuring at 23 ° C. and a wavelength of 550 nm. The thickness of the high refractive index layer is preferably 5 nm to 1 μm, more preferably 10 nm to 0.2 μm, and most preferably 30 nm to 0.1 μm. The refractive index can be adjusted by adding metal oxide fine particles and the like. The metal oxide fine particles to be used preferably have a refractive index of 1.80 to 2.60, more preferably 1.85 to 2.50.
 (防眩性層)
 ハードコート層上には、機能性層として防眩層を設けることもできる。防眩性層は、フィルム表面に反射した像の輪郭をぼかすことによって反射像の視認性を低下させて、液晶ディスプレイ、有機ELディスプレイ、プラズマディスプレイといった画像表示装置等の使用時に、反射像の映り込みが気にならないようにする層のことである。防眩層は、具体的には、前記したハードコート層に微粒子等の添加や前記鋳型を押し当てて表面に突起を形成する方法などによって、層表面の算術平均粗さRaを0.1~1μmに調整した層であることが好ましい。
(Anti-glare layer)
On the hard coat layer, an antiglare layer can be provided as a functional layer. The antiglare layer reduces the visibility of the reflected image by blurring the outline of the image reflected on the film surface, so that the reflected image is reflected when using an image display device such as a liquid crystal display, an organic EL display, or a plasma display. It is a layer that keeps you from worrying. Specifically, the antiglare layer has an arithmetic average roughness Ra of 0.1 to 0.1 on the surface of the layer by adding fine particles or the like to the hard coat layer and pressing the mold to form protrusions on the surface. A layer adjusted to 1 μm is preferable.
 〔粘着剤層〕
 タッチパネルを表示装置に接着する際に用いる粘着剤層(図1の粘着剤層30に相当)を構成する粘着剤としては、特に制限なく、公知の粘着剤を使用でき、例えば、アクリル系粘着剤、シリコーン系粘着剤、ウレタン系粘着剤、ゴム系粘着剤、ポリエステル系粘着剤などが使用できるが、粘着力や貯蔵弾性率の制御が比較的容易なアクリル系粘着剤が特に好ましい。
(Adhesive layer)
The pressure-sensitive adhesive constituting the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer (corresponding to the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer 30 in FIG. 1) used when bonding the touch panel to the display device is not particularly limited, and a known pressure-sensitive adhesive can be used. For example, an acrylic pressure-sensitive adhesive Silicone pressure-sensitive adhesives, urethane-based pressure-sensitive adhesives, rubber-based pressure-sensitive adhesives, polyester-based pressure-sensitive adhesives, and the like can be used, and acrylic pressure-sensitive adhesives that are relatively easy to control adhesive strength and storage elastic modulus are particularly preferable.
 アクリル系粘着剤としては、(メタ)アクリル酸メチル、(メタ)アクリル酸エチル、(メタ)アクリル酸n-ブチル、(メタ)アクリル酸イソブチル、(メタ)アクリル酸n-ヘキシル、(メタ)アクリル酸2-エチルブチル、(メタ)アクリル酸2-エチルヘキシル、(メタ)アクリル酸イソオクチル、(メタ)アクリル酸デシル等の炭素数1~20アクリル酸アルキルエステルの一種または二種以上と、前記アクリル酸アルキルエステルと共重合可能な(メタ)アクリル酸、イタコン酸、マレイン酸、無水マレイン酸、(メタ)アクリル酸2-ヒドロキシエチル、(メタ)アクリル酸4-ヒドロキシブチル等の官能基モノマーとの共重合体に、イソシアネート系架橋剤、エポキシ系架橋剤、アジリジン系架橋剤、金属キレート系架橋剤等の架橋剤を反応させたものが挙げられる。 Acrylic adhesives include methyl (meth) acrylate, ethyl (meth) acrylate, n-butyl (meth) acrylate, isobutyl (meth) acrylate, n-hexyl (meth) acrylate, (meth) acrylic 1 or 2 or more kinds of alkyl esters of 1 to 20 carbon atoms such as 2-ethylbutyl acid, 2-ethylhexyl (meth) acrylate, isooctyl (meth) acrylate, decyl (meth) acrylate, and the alkyl acrylate Copolymerization with functional monomers such as (meth) acrylic acid, itaconic acid, maleic acid, maleic anhydride, 2-hydroxyethyl (meth) acrylate, and 4-hydroxybutyl (meth) acrylate that can be copolymerized with esters Combined with isocyanate crosslinker, epoxy crosslinker, aziridine crosslinker, metal chelate crosslink Obtained by reacting a crosslinking agent and the like.
 粘着剤層の厚さは、1μm~13μmであることが好ましい。粘着剤層の厚さが1μm以上の場合、十分な粘着力が得られ、13μm以下の場合、抜き加工時や裁断加工時に糊のはみ出しを抑制することができ、かつ高い鉛筆硬度が維持される。好ましい粘着剤層の厚さは、3~12μmである。 The thickness of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer is preferably 1 μm to 13 μm. When the thickness of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer is 1 μm or more, sufficient adhesive strength can be obtained, and when the thickness is 13 μm or less, it is possible to suppress the protrusion of glue during punching or cutting, and high pencil hardness is maintained. . A preferable thickness of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer is 3 to 12 μm.
 粘着剤層の貯蔵弾性率としては、0℃における貯蔵弾性率が1.0×10~1.0×10Paであることが好ましい。粘着剤層の貯蔵弾性率が1.0×10Pa以上の場合、十分な抜き加工適性、裁断加工適性及び高い鉛筆硬度が得られ、1.0×10Pa以下の場合、十分な粘着力が得られる。好ましい粘着剤層の貯蔵弾性率は、1.5×10~1.0×10Paである。 As the storage elastic modulus of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer, the storage elastic modulus at 0 ° C. is preferably 1.0 × 10 6 to 1.0 × 10 8 Pa. When the storage elastic modulus of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer is 1.0 × 10 6 Pa or more, sufficient punching processability, cutting processability and high pencil hardness are obtained, and when it is 1.0 × 10 8 Pa or less, sufficient adhesiveness is obtained. Power is obtained. A preferable storage elastic modulus of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer is 1.5 × 10 6 to 1.0 × 10 7 Pa.
 フィルム上に粘着剤層を設ける方法としては、剥離シートに粘着剤含有組成物を塗布し、乾燥させて作製した粘着剤層に、フィルムを積層する方法が挙げられる。上記粘着剤含有組成物の塗布方法は、例えば、バーコート法、ナイフコート法、ロールコート法、ブレードコート法、ダイコート法、グラビアコート法、カーテンコート法などの従来公知の方法が挙げられる。また、上記粘着剤含有組成物をフィルムの表面に直接塗布し、乾燥させることで、粘着剤層を積層するようにしてもよい。 Examples of the method of providing the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer on the film include a method of laminating the film on the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer prepared by applying the pressure-sensitive adhesive-containing composition to the release sheet and drying it. Examples of the method for applying the pressure-sensitive adhesive-containing composition include conventionally known methods such as bar coating, knife coating, roll coating, blade coating, die coating, gravure coating, and curtain coating. Moreover, you may make it laminate | stack an adhesive layer by apply | coating the said adhesive containing composition directly on the surface of a film, and making it dry.
 上記の剥離シートは、種々の剥離シートを使用できるが、代表的には剥離性を表面に有する基材シートから構成される。基材シートとしては、ポリエステル樹脂、ポリエチレン樹脂、ポリプロピレン樹脂、ポリスチレン樹脂、ポリカーボネート樹脂などのフィルムや、これらのフィルムに填料などの充填剤を配合したフィルムや合成紙などが挙げられる。また、グラシン紙、クレーコート紙、上質紙などの紙基材が挙げられる。 Although various release sheets can be used as the above release sheet, the release sheet is typically composed of a base sheet having peelability on the surface. Examples of the base sheet include films such as polyester resin, polyethylene resin, polypropylene resin, polystyrene resin, and polycarbonate resin, films in which fillers such as fillers are blended with these films, and synthetic paper. Moreover, paper base materials, such as glassine paper, clay coat paper, and quality paper, are mentioned.
 基材シートの表面に剥離性を持たせるには、その表面に熱硬化性シリコーン樹脂や、紫外線硬化型シリコーン樹脂等の剥離剤を塗布等により付着させればよい。剥離剤の塗布量は、0.03~3.0g/mが好ましい。剥離シートは、剥離剤を有する表面を粘着剤層に接して積層される。 In order to give the surface of the base sheet peelability, a release agent such as a thermosetting silicone resin or an ultraviolet curable silicone resin may be attached to the surface by coating or the like. The coating amount of the release agent is preferably 0.03 to 3.0 g / m 2 . The release sheet is laminated with the surface having the release agent in contact with the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer.
 〔飛散防止フィルム〕
 飛散防止フィルム25は、外部からの衝撃等によるガラス基板21の飛散を防止するために、電極層(電極パターン22)上に設けられている。本実施形態では、飛散防止フィルム25は、厚さ20~66μmのセルロースエステルフィルムで構成されている。
[Anti-scattering film]
The scattering prevention film 25 is provided on the electrode layer (electrode pattern 22) in order to prevent the glass substrate 21 from scattering due to an external impact or the like. In this embodiment, the scattering prevention film 25 is composed of a cellulose ester film having a thickness of 20 to 66 μm.
 飛散防止フィルム25に用いることができるセルロースエステル樹脂としては、前述した保護フィルム(フィルム基材4a)に用いることができるセルロースエステル樹脂が挙げられる。 Examples of the cellulose ester resin that can be used for the scattering prevention film 25 include cellulose ester resins that can be used for the protective film (film substrate 4a) described above.
 このようなセルロースエステルフィルムとしては、面内方向におけるリタデーションRoが0nm~10nmのフィルムを好ましく用いることができる。この場合、面内方向の位相差による干渉が少ないため、タッチパネル20を介して表示パネル10を裸眼で視認するときの視認性を向上させることができる。面内方向におけるリタデーションRoが0nm~10nmのフィルムとする場合には、総アシル置換度が2.6以上のセルロースエステルが好ましく用いられ、総アシル置換度が2.6以上のセルロースアセテート(セルロールトリアセテート)がより好ましく用いられる。 As such a cellulose ester film, a film having a retardation Ro in the in-plane direction of 0 nm to 10 nm can be preferably used. In this case, since there is little interference due to the phase difference in the in-plane direction, it is possible to improve the visibility when viewing the display panel 10 with the naked eye via the touch panel 20. When a film having a retardation Ro in the in-plane direction of 0 nm to 10 nm is used, a cellulose ester having a total acyl substitution degree of 2.6 or more is preferably used, and a cellulose acetate having a total acyl substitution degree of 2.6 or more (cellulose) Triacetate) is more preferably used.
 また、飛散防止フィルム25のセルロースエステルフィルムとして、面内方向におけるリタデーションRoが30nm~200nmであるフィルムが用いられ、偏光子3の透過軸に対して前記飛散防止フィルムの遅相軸が10~80°の方向となるように配置されることが好ましい。このような構成とすることで、偏光子3を透過した直線偏光を楕円偏光または円偏光に変えることができる為、偏光サングラスをかけて表示装置10を見る際の視認性を向上させることができる。リタデーションRoが30nm~200nmであるフィルムとする場合には、総アシル置換度が2.6未満のセルロースエステルが好ましく用いられ、総アシル置換度が2.6未満のセルロースアセテート(セルロースジアセテート)がより好ましく用いられる。 Further, as the cellulose ester film of the scattering prevention film 25, a film having a retardation Ro in the in-plane direction of 30 nm to 200 nm is used, and the slow axis of the scattering prevention film is 10 to 80 with respect to the transmission axis of the polarizer 3. It is preferable that they are arranged in the direction of °. With such a configuration, the linearly polarized light transmitted through the polarizer 3 can be changed to elliptically polarized light or circularly polarized light, so that the visibility when viewing the display device 10 with polarized sunglasses can be improved. . In the case of a film having a retardation Ro of 30 nm to 200 nm, a cellulose ester having a total acyl substitution degree of less than 2.6 is preferably used, and cellulose acetate (cellulose diacetate) having a total acyl substitution degree of less than 2.6 is preferably used. More preferably used.
 〔導電層〕
 飛散防止フィルム上に形成される電磁波シールド層としての導電層(図1の導電層26に相当)は、少なくとも導電性物質を含有し、バインダー、感光性化合物、更に必要に応じてその他の成分を含有してなることが望ましい。
[Conductive layer]
The conductive layer (corresponding to the conductive layer 26 in FIG. 1) as an electromagnetic wave shielding layer formed on the scattering prevention film contains at least a conductive substance, and contains a binder, a photosensitive compound, and other components as necessary. It is desirable to contain.
 〔導電性物質〕
 導電性物質の構造としては、特に制限はなく、目的に応じて適宜選択することができるが、中実構造及び中空構造のいずれかの繊維や導電性ポリマーを含有することが好ましい。
[Conductive substance]
There is no restriction | limiting in particular as a structure of an electroconductive substance, Although it can select suitably according to the objective, It is preferable to contain the fiber and conductive polymer of any one of a solid structure and a hollow structure.
 ここで、中実構造の繊維をワイヤーと呼ぶことがあり、中空構造の繊維をチューブと呼ぶことがある。 Here, solid structure fibers may be referred to as wires, and hollow structure fibers may be referred to as tubes.
 また、平均短軸長さが5nm~1,000nmであって、平均長軸長さが1μm~100μmの導電性繊維を「ナノワイヤー」と呼ぶことがある。 Also, conductive fibers having an average minor axis length of 5 nm to 1,000 nm and an average major axis length of 1 μm to 100 μm may be referred to as “nanowires”.
 また、平均短軸長さが1nm~1,000nm、平均長軸長さが0.1μm~1,000μmであって、中空構造を持つ導電性繊維を「ナノチューブ」と呼ぶことがある。 In addition, a conductive fiber having an average minor axis length of 1 nm to 1,000 nm and an average major axis length of 0.1 μm to 1,000 μm and having a hollow structure may be referred to as “nanotube”.
 導電性物質の材料としては、導電性を有していれば特に制限はなく、目的に応じて適宜選択することができるが、金属及びカーボンの少なくともいずれかであることが好ましい。これらの中でも、導電性繊維は、金属ナノワイヤー、金属ナノチューブ、及びカーボンナノチューブの少なくともいずれかであることが好ましい。 The material of the conductive substance is not particularly limited as long as it has conductivity, and can be appropriately selected according to the purpose, but is preferably at least one of metal and carbon. Among these, the conductive fibers are preferably at least one of metal nanowires, metal nanotubes, and carbon nanotubes.
 <金属ナノワイヤー>
 金属ナノワイヤーの材料としては、特に制限はなく、目的に応じて適宜選択することができる。例えば、長周期律表(IUPAC1991)の第4周期、第5周期、及び第6周期からなる群から選ばれる少なくとも1種の金属が好ましく、第2族~第14族から選ばれる少なくとも1種の金属がより好ましく、第2族、第8族、第9族、第10族、第11族、第12族、第13族、及び第14族から選ばれる少なくとも1種の金属が更に好ましく、主成分として含むことが特に好ましい。
<Metal nanowires>
There is no restriction | limiting in particular as a material of metal nanowire, According to the objective, it can select suitably. For example, at least one metal selected from the group consisting of the fourth period, the fifth period, and the sixth period of the Long Periodic Table (IUPAC 1991) is preferred, and at least one kind selected from Group 2 to Group 14 is preferred. Metal is more preferable, and at least one metal selected from Group 2, Group 8, Group 9, Group 10, Group 11, Group 12, Group 13, and Group 14 is more preferable. It is particularly preferable to include it as a component.
 上記金属としては、例えば、銅、銀、金、白金、パラジウム、ニッケル、錫、コバルト、ロジウム、イリジウム、鉄、ルテニウム、オスミウム、マンガン、モリブデン、タングステン、ニオブ、タンテル、チタン、ビスマス、アンチモン、鉛、又はこれらの合金などが挙げられる。これらの中でも、導電性に優れる点で、銀、及び銀との合金が好ましい。 Examples of the metal include copper, silver, gold, platinum, palladium, nickel, tin, cobalt, rhodium, iridium, iron, ruthenium, osmium, manganese, molybdenum, tungsten, niobium, tantel, titanium, bismuth, antimony, and lead. Or alloys thereof. Among these, silver and an alloy with silver are preferable in terms of excellent conductivity.
 上記銀との合金で使用する金属としては、白金、オスミウム、パラジウム、イリジウムなどが挙げられる。これらは、1種単独で使用してもよく、2種以上を併用してもよい。 Examples of the metal used in the alloy with silver include platinum, osmium, palladium, iridium and the like. These may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
 金属ナノワイヤーの形状としては、特に制限はなく、目的に応じて適宜選択することができる。例えば、円柱状、直方体状、断面が多角形となる柱状など任意の形状をとることができる。高い透明性が必要とされる用途では、円柱状や断面の多角形の角が丸まっている断面形状であることが好ましい。金属ナノワイヤーの断面形状は、基材上に金属ナノワイヤー水分散液を塗布し、断面を透過型電子顕微鏡(TEM)で観察することにより調べることができる。 There is no restriction | limiting in particular as a shape of metal nanowire, According to the objective, it can select suitably. For example, it can take an arbitrary shape such as a columnar shape, a rectangular parallelepiped shape, or a columnar shape having a polygonal cross section. In applications where high transparency is required, a cylindrical shape or a cross-sectional shape with rounded polygonal corners is preferable. The cross-sectional shape of the metal nanowire can be examined by applying a metal nanowire aqueous dispersion on the substrate and observing the cross-section with a transmission electron microscope (TEM).
 金属ナノワイヤーの平均短軸長さ(「平均短軸径」、「平均直径」と称することがある)は、1nm~50nmであることが好ましい。上記平均短軸長さが、1nm未満であると、耐酸化性が悪化し、耐久性が悪くなることがあり、50nmを超えると、金属ナノワイヤー起因の散乱が生じ、十分な透明性を得ることができないことがある。なお、上記平均短軸長さは、10nm~40nmであることがより好ましく、15nm~35nmであることが更に好ましい。 The average minor axis length (sometimes referred to as “average minor axis diameter” or “average diameter”) of the metal nanowires is preferably 1 nm to 50 nm. When the average minor axis length is less than 1 nm, the oxidation resistance deteriorates and the durability may deteriorate. When the average minor axis length exceeds 50 nm, scattering due to metal nanowires occurs and sufficient transparency is obtained. There are times when you can't. The average minor axis length is more preferably 10 nm to 40 nm, and further preferably 15 nm to 35 nm.
 金属ナノワイヤーの平均短軸長さは、透過型電子顕微鏡(TEM;日本電子株式会社製、JEM-2000FX)を用い、300個の金属ナノワイヤーを観察し、その平均値から金属ナノワイヤーの平均短軸長さを求める。なお、金属ナノワイヤーの短軸が円形でない場合の短軸長さは、最も長いものを短軸長さとする。 The average minor axis length of the metal nanowires was determined by observing 300 metal nanowires using a transmission electron microscope (TEM; manufactured by JEOL Ltd., JEM-2000FX) and calculating the average of the metal nanowires from the average value. Find the minor axis length. In addition, the shortest axis length when the short axis of the metal nanowire is not circular is the longest axis.
 金属ナノワイヤーの平均長軸長さ(「平均長さ」と称することがある)は、1μm~40μmであることが好ましい。上記平均長軸長さが、1μm未満であると、密なネットワークを形成することが難しく、十分な導電性を得ることができないことがあり、40μmを超えると、金属ナノワイヤーが長すぎて製造時に絡まり、製造過程で凝集物が生じてしまうことがある。なお、上記平均長軸長さは、3μm~35μmであることがより好ましく、5μm~30μmであることが更に好ましい。 The average major axis length of the metal nanowire (sometimes referred to as “average length”) is preferably 1 μm to 40 μm. If the average major axis length is less than 1 μm, it may be difficult to form a dense network and sufficient conductivity may not be obtained. If it exceeds 40 μm, the metal nanowires are too long and manufactured. Sometimes entangled and agglomerates may occur during the manufacturing process. The average major axis length is more preferably 3 μm to 35 μm, and still more preferably 5 μm to 30 μm.
 金属ナノワイヤーの平均長軸長さは、例えば透過型電子顕微鏡(TEM;日本電子株式会社製、JEM-2000FX)を用い、300個の金属ナノワイヤーを観察し、その平均値から金属ナノワイヤーの平均長軸長さを求める。なお、金属ナノワイヤーが曲がっている場合、それを弧とする円を考慮し、その半径、及び曲率から算出される値を長軸長さとする。 The average major axis length of the metal nanowire is, for example, observed with 300 metal nanowires using a transmission electron microscope (TEM; manufactured by JEOL Ltd., JEM-2000FX). Find the average major axis length. In addition, when the metal nanowire is bent, a circle having the arc as an arc is taken into consideration, and a value calculated from the radius and the curvature is defined as the major axis length.
 金属ナノワイヤーの製造方法としては、例えば特開2009-215594号公報、特開2009-242880号公報、特開2009-299162号公報、特開2010-84173号公報、特開2010-86714号公報に記載の方法を用いることができる。金属ナノワイヤーの製造方法は、特に制限はなく、いかなる方法で製造してもよいが、以下のようにハロゲン化合物と分散添加剤とを溶解した溶媒中で加熱しながら金属イオンを還元することによって製造することが好ましい。 Examples of the method for producing metal nanowires include, for example, JP 2009-215594 A, JP 2009-242880 A, JP 2009-299162 A, JP 2010-84173 A, and JP 2010-86714 A. The described method can be used. The method for producing the metal nanowire is not particularly limited and may be produced by any method. By reducing metal ions while heating in a solvent in which a halogen compound and a dispersion additive are dissolved as follows, It is preferable to manufacture.
 <金属ナノチューブ>
 金属ナノチューブの材料としては、特に制限はなく、いかなる金属であってもよく、例えば、上記した金属ナノワイヤーの材料などを使用することができる。
<Metal nanotubes>
There is no restriction | limiting in particular as a material of a metal nanotube, What kind of metal may be sufficient, For example, the material of the above-mentioned metal nanowire etc. can be used.
 金属ナノチューブの形状としては、単層であってもよく、多層であってもよいが、導電性及び熱伝導性に優れる点で単層であることが好ましい。 The shape of the metal nanotube may be a single layer or a multilayer, but is preferably a single layer from the viewpoint of excellent conductivity and thermal conductivity.
 金属ナノチューブの厚み(外径と内径との差)は、3nm~80nmであることが好ましい。上記厚みが、3nm未満であると、耐酸化性が悪化し、耐久性が悪くなることがあり、80nmを超えると、金属ナノチューブ起因の散乱が生じることがある。なお、上記厚みは、3nm~30nmであることがより好ましい。 The thickness of the metal nanotube (difference between the outer diameter and the inner diameter) is preferably 3 nm to 80 nm. When the thickness is less than 3 nm, the oxidation resistance may be deteriorated and the durability may be deteriorated. When the thickness is more than 80 nm, scattering due to the metal nanotube may occur. The thickness is more preferably 3 nm to 30 nm.
 金属ナノチューブの平均長軸長さは、1μm~40μmであることが好ましく、3μm~35μmであることがより好ましく、5μm~30μmであることが更に好ましい。 The average long axis length of the metal nanotube is preferably 1 μm to 40 μm, more preferably 3 μm to 35 μm, and still more preferably 5 μm to 30 μm.
 上記金属ナノチューブの製造方法としては、特に制限はなく、目的に応じて適宜選択することができる。例えば、米国出願公開2005/0056118号明細書等に記載の方法などを用いることができる。 The method for producing the metal nanotube is not particularly limited and may be appropriately selected depending on the purpose. For example, the method described in US Patent Application Publication No. 2005/0056118 and the like can be used.
 <カーボンナノチューブ>
 カーボンナノチューブ(CNT)は、グラファイト状炭素原子面(グラフェンシート)が、単層あるいは多層の同軸管状になった物質である。単層のカーボンナノチューブはシングルウォールナノチューブ(SWNT)、多層のカーボンナノチューブはマルチウォールナノチューブ(MWNT)と呼ばれ、特に、2層のカーボンナノチューブはダブルウォールナノチューブ(DWNT)とも呼ばれる。本実施形態で用いられる導電性繊維において、カーボンナノチューブは、単層であってもよく、多層であってもよいが、導電性及び熱伝導性に優れる点で単層であることが好ましい。
<Carbon nanotube>
A carbon nanotube (CNT) is a substance in which a graphite-like carbon atomic surface (graphene sheet) is a single-layer or multilayer coaxial tube. Single-walled carbon nanotubes are called single-walled nanotubes (SWNT), multi-walled carbon nanotubes are called multi-walled nanotubes (MWNT), and in particular, double-walled carbon nanotubes are also called double-walled nanotubes (DWNT). In the conductive fiber used in the present embodiment, the carbon nanotube may be a single layer or a multilayer, but is preferably a single layer in terms of excellent conductivity and thermal conductivity.
 カーボンナノチューブの製造方法としては、特に制限はなく、目的に応じて適宜選択することができる。例えば、二酸化炭素の接触水素還元、アーク放電法、レーザー蒸発法、熱CVD法、プラズマCVD法、気相成長法、一酸化炭素を高温高圧化で鉄触媒と共に反応させて気相で成長させるHiPco法(high-pressure carbon monoxide process )等の公知の手段を用いることができる。 The method for producing the carbon nanotube is not particularly limited and can be appropriately selected depending on the purpose. For example, catalytic hydrogen reduction of carbon dioxide, arc discharge method, laser evaporation method, thermal CVD method, plasma CVD method, vapor phase growth method, HiPco in which carbon monoxide is reacted with iron catalyst at high temperature and high pressure to grow in the vapor phase Known means such as a high-pressure carbon monoxide process can be used.
 また、これらの方法で得られたカーボンナノチューブは、洗浄、遠心分離、ろ過、酸化、クロマトグラフ等の方法により、副生成物や触媒金属等の残留物を除去することが、高純度化されたカーボンナノチューブを得ることができる点で好ましい。 In addition, the carbon nanotubes obtained by these methods have been highly purified to remove residues such as by-products and catalytic metals by methods such as washing, centrifugation, filtration, oxidation, and chromatography. It is preferable at the point which can obtain a carbon nanotube.
 上記導電性繊維のアスペクト比は、10以上であることが好ましい。上記アスペクト比とは、一般的には繊維状の物質の長辺と短辺との比(平均長軸長さ/平均短軸長さの比)を意味する。 The aspect ratio of the conductive fiber is preferably 10 or more. The aspect ratio generally means the ratio between the long side and the short side of the fibrous material (ratio of average major axis length / average minor axis length).
 アスペクト比の測定方法としては、特に制限はなく、目的に応じて適宜選択することができ、例えば、電子顕微鏡等により測定する方法などが挙げられる。 The aspect ratio measurement method is not particularly limited and may be appropriately selected depending on the intended purpose. Examples thereof include a method of measuring with an electron microscope.
 導電性繊維のアスペクト比を電子顕微鏡で測定する場合、導電性繊維のアスペクト比が10以上であるか否かは、電子顕微鏡の1視野で確認できればよい。また、導電性繊維の長軸長さと短軸長さとを各々別に測定することによって、導電性繊維全体のアスペクト比を見積もることができる。 When measuring the aspect ratio of the conductive fiber with an electron microscope, it is only necessary to confirm whether the aspect ratio of the conductive fiber is 10 or more with one field of view of the electron microscope. Moreover, the aspect ratio of the whole conductive fiber can be estimated by measuring the major axis length and the minor axis length of the conductive fiber separately.
 なお、導電性繊維がチューブ状の場合、アスペクト比を算出するための直径としては、該チューブの外径を用いる。 When the conductive fiber is in a tube shape, the outer diameter of the tube is used as the diameter for calculating the aspect ratio.
 導電性繊維のアスペクト比は、10以上であれば特に制限はなく、目的に応じて適宜選択することができるが、50~1,000,000であることが好ましい。上記アスペクト比が10未満であると、導電性繊維によるネットワーク形成がなされず、導電性が十分取れないことがあり、1,000,000を超えると、導電性繊維の形成時やその後の取り扱いにおいて、成膜前に導電性繊維が絡まり凝集するため、安定な液が得られないことがある。なお、上記アスペクト比は、100~1,000,000であることがより好ましい。 The aspect ratio of the conductive fiber is not particularly limited as long as it is 10 or more, and can be appropriately selected according to the purpose, but is preferably 50 to 1,000,000. When the aspect ratio is less than 10, network formation with conductive fibers may not be performed, and sufficient conductivity may not be obtained. When the aspect ratio exceeds 1,000,000, the conductive fibers may be formed or in subsequent handling. Since the conductive fibers are entangled and aggregate before film formation, a stable liquid may not be obtained. The aspect ratio is more preferably 100 to 1,000,000.
 全導電性組成物中における、上記アスペクト比が10以上の導電性繊維の割合(比率)は、体積比で50%以上であることが好ましい。上記比率が50%未満であると、導電性に寄与する導電性物質が減少して導電性が低下してしまうことがあり、同時に密なネットワークを形成できないために電圧集中が生じ、耐久性が低下してしまうことがある。また、導電性繊維以外の形状の粒子は、導電性に大きく寄与しない上に吸収を持つため、好ましくなく、特に金属の場合で、球形などのプラズモン吸収が強い場合には、透明度が悪化してしまうことがある。なお、上記比率は、60%以上がより好ましく、75%以上が特に好ましい。 The ratio (ratio) of the conductive fibers having an aspect ratio of 10 or more in the total conductive composition is preferably 50% or more by volume ratio. If the ratio is less than 50%, the conductive material that contributes to conductivity may decrease and conductivity may decrease. At the same time, a dense network cannot be formed, resulting in voltage concentration and durability. May fall. In addition, particles having a shape other than conductive fibers do not contribute greatly to conductivity and have absorption, which is not preferable. Especially in the case of metal, when plasmon absorption such as a sphere is strong, the transparency is deteriorated. It may end up. The ratio is more preferably 60% or more, and particularly preferably 75% or more.
 ここで、上記比率は、例えば、導電性繊維が銀ナノワイヤーである場合には、銀ナノワイヤー水分散液をろ過して、銀ナノワイヤーと、それ以外の粒子とを分離し、ICP発光分析装置を用いてろ紙に残っている銀の量と、ろ紙を透過した銀の量とを各々測定することで、導電性繊維の比率を求めることができる。ろ紙に残っている導電性繊維をTEMで観察し、300個の導電性繊維の短軸長さを観察し、その分布を調べることにより、短軸長さが200nm以下であり、かつ長軸長さが1μm以上である導電性繊維であることを確認する。なお、ろ紙は、上記サイズの導電性繊維以外の粒子の最長軸を計測し、その最長軸の2倍以上であり、かつ導電性繊維の長軸の最短長以下の長さの粒子を通過させるものを用いることが好ましい。 Here, the ratio is, for example, when the conductive fiber is silver nanowire, the silver nanowire aqueous dispersion is filtered to separate the silver nanowire and the other particles, and the ICP emission analysis By measuring the amount of silver remaining on the filter paper and the amount of silver transmitted through the filter paper using an apparatus, the ratio of conductive fibers can be determined. By observing the conductive fibers remaining on the filter paper with a TEM, observing the short axis lengths of 300 conductive fibers and examining their distribution, the short axis length is 200 nm or less and the long axis length is It confirms that it is an electroconductive fiber whose length is 1 micrometer or more. Note that the filter paper measures the longest axis of particles other than the conductive fibers of the above size, and passes particles having a length not less than twice the longest axis and not more than the shortest length of the long axis of the conductive fibers. It is preferable to use one.
 ここで、上記導電性繊維の平均短軸長さ及び平均長軸長さは、例えば、透過型電子顕微鏡(TEM)や光学顕微鏡を用い、TEM像や光学顕微鏡像を観察することにより求めることができる。本実施形態においては、導電性繊維の平均短軸長さ及び平均長軸長さは、透過型電子顕微鏡(TEM)により300個の導電性繊維を観察し、その平均値から求める。 Here, the average minor axis length and the average major axis length of the conductive fiber can be obtained by observing a TEM image or an optical microscope image using, for example, a transmission electron microscope (TEM) or an optical microscope. it can. In the present embodiment, the average minor axis length and the average major axis length of the conductive fibers are obtained by observing 300 conductive fibers with a transmission electron microscope (TEM) and calculating the average value.
 <バインダー>
 上記導電性繊維を固定化するためのバインダーとしては、有機高分子重合体であって、分子(好ましくは、アクリル系共重合体を主鎖とする分子)中に少なくとも1つのアルカリ可溶性を促進する基(例えばカルボキシル基、リン酸基、スルホン酸基など)を有するアルカリ可溶性樹脂の中から適宜選択することができる。
<Binder>
The binder for immobilizing the conductive fiber is an organic polymer, and promotes at least one alkali solubility in a molecule (preferably a molecule having an acrylic copolymer as a main chain). It can be appropriately selected from alkali-soluble resins having a group (for example, carboxyl group, phosphoric acid group, sulfonic acid group, etc.).
 これらの中でも、有機溶剤に可溶で弱アルカリ水溶液により現像可能なものが好ましく、また、酸解離性基を有し、酸の作用により酸解離性基が解離した時にアルカリ可溶となるものが特に好ましい。なお、酸解離性基とは、酸の存在下で解離することが可能な官能基を表す。 Among these, those that are soluble in an organic solvent and that can be developed with a weak alkaline aqueous solution are preferable, and those that have an acid-dissociable group and become alkali-soluble when the acid-dissociable group is dissociated by the action of an acid. Particularly preferred. In addition, an acid dissociable group represents the functional group which can dissociate in presence of an acid.
 上記バインダーの製造には、例えば公知のラジカル重合法による方法を適用することができる。上記ラジカル重合法でアルカリ可溶性樹脂を製造する際の温度、圧力、ラジカル開始剤の種類及びその量、溶媒の種類等々の重合条件は、当業者において容易に設定可能であり、実験的に条件を定めることができる。 For the production of the binder, for example, a known radical polymerization method can be applied. Polymerization conditions such as temperature, pressure, type and amount of radical initiator, type of solvent, etc. when producing an alkali-soluble resin by the above radical polymerization method can be easily set by those skilled in the art, and the conditions are determined experimentally. Can be determined.
 線状の上記有機高分子重合体としては、側鎖にカルボン酸を有するポリマー(酸性基を有する感光性樹脂)が好ましい。 As the linear organic polymer, a polymer having a carboxylic acid in the side chain (photosensitive resin having an acidic group) is preferable.
 側鎖にカルボン酸を有するポリマーとしては、例えば特開昭59-44615号、特公昭54-34327号、特公昭58-12577号、特公昭54-25957号、特開昭59-53836号、特開昭59-71048号の各公報に記載されているような、メタクリル酸共重合体、アクリル酸共重合体、イタコン酸共重合体、クロトン酸共重合体、マレイン酸共重合体、部分エステル化マレイン酸共重合体等、並びに側鎖にカルボン酸を有する酸性セルロース誘導体、水酸基を有するポリマーに酸無水物を付加させたもの等であり、更に側鎖に(メタ)アクリロイル基を有する高分子重合体も好ましいものとして挙げられる。 Examples of the polymer having a carboxylic acid in the side chain include, for example, JP-A-59-44615, JP-B-54-34327, JP-B-58-12777, JP-B-54-25957, JP-A-59-53836, A methacrylic acid copolymer, an acrylic acid copolymer, an itaconic acid copolymer, a crotonic acid copolymer, a maleic acid copolymer, and a partial esterification as described in each publication of Japanese Utility Model Publication No. 59-71048. A maleic acid copolymer, etc., an acidic cellulose derivative having a carboxylic acid in the side chain, an acid anhydride added to a polymer having a hydroxyl group, and a polymer weight having a (meth) acryloyl group in the side chain Coalescence is also preferred.
 これらの中でも、ベンジル(メタ)アクリレート/(メタ)アクリル酸共重合体、ベンジル(メタ)アクリレート/(メタ)アクリル酸/他のモノマーからなる多元共重合体が特に好ましい。 Among these, benzyl (meth) acrylate / (meth) acrylic acid copolymers and multi-component copolymers composed of benzyl (meth) acrylate / (meth) acrylic acid / other monomers are particularly preferable.
 更に、側鎖に(メタ)アクリロイル基を有する高分子重合体や(メタ)アクリル酸/グリシジル(メタ)アクリレート/他のモノマーからなる多元共重合体も有用なものとして挙げられる。該ポリマーは任意の量で混合して用いることができる。 Furthermore, a high molecular polymer having a (meth) acryloyl group in the side chain and a multi-component copolymer composed of (meth) acrylic acid / glycidyl (meth) acrylate / other monomers are also useful. The polymer can be used by mixing in an arbitrary amount.
 上記以外にも、特開平7-140654号公報に記載の、2-ヒドロキシプロピル(メタ)アクリレート/ポリスチレンマクロモノマー/ベンジルメタクリレート/メタクリル酸共重合体、2-ヒドロキシ-3-フェノキシプロピルアクリレート/ポリメチルメタクリレートマクロモノマー/ベンジルメタクリレート/メタクリル酸共重合体、2-ヒドロキシエチルメタクリレート/ポリスチレンマクロモノマー/メチルメタクリレート/メタクリル酸共重合体、2-ヒドロキシエチルメタクリレート/ポリスチレンマクロモノマー/ベンジルメタクレート/メタクリル酸共重合体、などが挙げられる。 In addition to the above, 2-hydroxypropyl (meth) acrylate / polystyrene macromonomer / benzyl methacrylate / methacrylic acid copolymer, 2-hydroxy-3-phenoxypropyl acrylate / polymethyl described in JP-A-7-140654 Methacrylate macromonomer / benzyl methacrylate / methacrylic acid copolymer, 2-hydroxyethyl methacrylate / polystyrene macromonomer / methyl methacrylate / methacrylic acid copolymer, 2-hydroxyethyl methacrylate / polystyrene macromonomer / benzyl methacrylate / methacrylic acid copolymer Coalescence, etc.
 <導電性ポリマー>
 導電性ポリマーとしては、例えばポリスチレンスルホン酸を含むポリエチレンジオキシチオフェン(PEDOT:PSS(Poly(3,4-ethylenedioxythiophene):Poly(styrenesulfonate))を用いることができる。
<Conductive polymer>
As the conductive polymer, for example, polyethylenedioxythiophene (PEDOT: PSS (Poly (3,4-ethylenedioxythiophene): Poly (styrenesulfonate)) containing polystyrenesulfonic acid can be used.
 〔実施例〕
 以下、本発明の具体例を実施例として説明する。また、本発明との比較のため、比較例についても併せて説明する。なお、本発明は、以下の実施例に限定されるものではない。なお、以下での説明において、「部」あるいは「%」の表示は、特に断りがない限り、「質量部」あるいは「質量%」を表すものとする。
〔Example〕
Hereinafter, specific examples of the present invention will be described as examples. For comparison with the present invention, comparative examples will also be described. The present invention is not limited to the following examples. In the following description, “parts” or “%” indicates “parts by mass” or “mass%” unless otherwise specified.
 <タッチパネルモジュールの作製>
 まず、(強化)ガラス基板上に、厚さ20nmのITO膜をスパッタリング法を用いて成膜し、これをエッチングして、X方向に延びる第1電極パターンを形成した。次に、第1電極パターン上に、厚さ200nmのSiOからなる層間絶縁膜をスパッタリング法を用いて成膜した。次に、第1電極パターンにAgペーストを塗布、及び焼結し、第1電極パターンと制御回路とをリード線を介して接続した。
<Production of touch panel module>
First, an ITO film having a thickness of 20 nm was formed on a (strengthened) glass substrate by a sputtering method, and this was etched to form a first electrode pattern extending in the X direction. Next, an interlayer insulating film made of SiO 2 having a thickness of 200 nm was formed on the first electrode pattern by a sputtering method. Next, Ag paste was applied to the first electrode pattern and sintered, and the first electrode pattern and the control circuit were connected via lead wires.
 次に、導電フィルムを第1電極パターン上(層間絶縁膜上)に粘着剤層を介して貼合し、タッチパネルモジュールを作製した。このとき、粘着剤層を構成する粘着剤としては、アクリル系粘着剤を用いた。以下、導電フィルムの作製について説明する。 Next, the conductive film was bonded onto the first electrode pattern (on the interlayer insulating film) via an adhesive layer to produce a touch panel module. At this time, an acrylic pressure-sensitive adhesive was used as the pressure-sensitive adhesive constituting the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer. Hereinafter, production of the conductive film will be described.
 (導電フィルムの作製)
 <飛散防止フィルムの作製>
 (セルロースエステルフィルムA-1の作製)
 〈セルロースエステル樹脂〉
 セルロースエステル樹脂CE-1を以下のものとする。
 CE-1:セルローストリアセテート
 (アセチル基置換度:2.91、重量平均分子量Mw:30万)
(Preparation of conductive film)
<Preparation of anti-scattering film>
(Preparation of cellulose ester film A-1)
<Cellulose ester resin>
The cellulose ester resin CE-1 is as follows.
CE-1: cellulose triacetate (acetyl group substitution degree: 2.91, weight average molecular weight Mw: 300,000)
 〈微粒子分散液1〉
 シリカ微粒子(アエロジル R972V 日本アエロジル(株)製)
                            11質量部
 エタノール                      89質量部
 以上をディゾルバーで50分間攪拌混合した後、マントンゴーリンで分散を行った。
<Fine particle dispersion 1>
Silica fine particles (Aerosil R972V manufactured by Nippon Aerosil Co., Ltd.)
11 parts by mass Ethanol 89 parts by mass The above was stirred and mixed with a dissolver for 50 minutes, and then dispersed with Manton Gorin.
 〈微粒子添加液1〉
 メチレンクロライドを入れた溶解タンクに十分攪拌しながら、微粒子分散液1をゆっくりと添加した。更に、二次粒子の粒径が所定の大きさとなるようにアトライターにて分散を行った。これを日本精線(株)製のファインメットNFで濾過し、微粒子添加液1を調製した。
 メチレンクロライド                  99質量部
 微粒子分散液1                     5質量部
<Fine particle addition liquid 1>
The fine particle dispersion 1 was slowly added to the dissolution tank containing methylene chloride with sufficient stirring. Further, the particles were dispersed by an attritor so that the secondary particles had a predetermined particle size. This was filtered through Finemet NF manufactured by Nippon Seisen Co., Ltd. to prepare a fine particle additive solution 1.
99 parts by mass of methylene chloride 5 parts by mass of fine particle dispersion 1
 〈主ドープA〉
 下記組成の主ドープAを調製した。まず加圧溶解タンクにメチレンクロライドとエタノールを添加した。次に溶剤の入った加圧溶解タンクにセルロースアセテートを攪拌しながら投入した。これを加熱し、攪拌しながら、完全に溶解した。これを安積濾紙(株)製の安積濾紙No.244を使用して濾過し、主ドープAを調製した。
 メチレンクロライド                 340質量部
 エタノール                      64質量部
 CE-1(セルローストリアセテート)        100質量部
 ポリエステル系化合物                  6質量部
 糖エステル化合物                    6質量部
 微粒子添加液1                     1質量部
 以上を密閉容器に投入し、攪拌しながら溶解してドープを調製した。次いで、無端ベルト流延装置を用い、ドープを温度33℃、1500mm幅でステンレスベルト支持体上に均一に流延した。ステンレスベルトの温度は30℃に制御した。
<Main dope A>
A main dope A having the following composition was prepared. First, methylene chloride and ethanol were added to the pressure dissolution tank. Next, cellulose acetate was added to the pressurized dissolution tank containing the solvent while stirring. This was completely dissolved with heating and stirring. This was designated as Azumi Filter Paper No. The main dope A was prepared by filtration using 244.
Methylene chloride 340 parts by mass Ethanol 64 parts by mass CE-1 (cellulose triacetate) 100 parts by mass Polyester compound 6 parts by mass Sugar ester compound 6 parts by mass Particulate additive solution 1 1 part by mass A dope was prepared. Then, using an endless belt casting apparatus, the dope was cast uniformly on a stainless steel belt support at a temperature of 33 ° C. and a width of 1500 mm. The temperature of the stainless steel belt was controlled at 30 ° C.
 次に、ステンレスベルト支持体上で、流延(キャスト)したフィルム中の残留溶媒量が75%になるまで溶媒を蒸発させ、次いで剥離張力130N/mで、ステンレスベルト支持体上から剥離した。 Next, the solvent was evaporated on the stainless steel belt support until the amount of residual solvent in the cast (cast) film became 75%, and then peeled off from the stainless steel belt support with a peeling tension of 130 N / m.
 剥離したセルロースエステルフィルムを、160℃の熱をかけながらテンターを用いて幅方向に10%延伸した。延伸開始時の残留溶媒は15%であった。次いで、乾燥ゾーンを多数のロールで搬送させながら乾燥を終了させた。乾燥温度は130℃で、搬送張力は100N/mとした。乾燥後、フィルムを1.5m幅にスリットし、フィルム両端に幅10mm、高さ10μmのナーリング加工を施し、ロール状に巻き取り、乾燥膜厚40μmのセルロースエステルフィルムA-1を得た。巻長は5200mであった。 The peeled cellulose ester film was stretched 10% in the width direction using a tenter while applying heat at 160 ° C. The residual solvent at the start of stretching was 15%. Next, drying was terminated while the drying zone was conveyed by a number of rolls. The drying temperature was 130 ° C. and the transport tension was 100 N / m. After drying, the film was slit to a width of 1.5 m, a knurling process with a width of 10 mm and a height of 10 μm was applied to both ends of the film, and wound into a roll to obtain a cellulose ester film A-1 having a dry film thickness of 40 μm. The winding length was 5200 m.
 セルロースエステルフィルムA-1において、面内方向の位相差(リタデーションRo)は、2nmであった。なお、上記リタデーションRoは、自動複屈折率計KOBRA-21ADH(王子計測機器(株))を用いて測定した。ちなみに、フィルムの面内方向におけるリタデーションRo(nm)は、以下の式によって求められる。
  Ro=(nx-ny)×d
 ただし、dはフィルムの厚さ(nm)、nxは遅相軸方向の屈折率、nyはフィルム面内で遅相軸に直角な方向の屈折率、である。
In the cellulose ester film A-1, the retardation in the in-plane direction (retardation Ro) was 2 nm. The retardation Ro was measured using an automatic birefringence meter KOBRA-21ADH (Oji Scientific Instruments). Incidentally, the retardation Ro (nm) in the in-plane direction of the film is obtained by the following equation.
Ro = (nx−ny) × d
Where d is the thickness (nm) of the film, nx is the refractive index in the slow axis direction, and ny is the refractive index in the direction perpendicular to the slow axis in the film plane.
 (セルロースエステルフィルムA-2~A-5の作製)
 表1に記載のように膜厚およびリタデーションRoを変化させた以外は、セルロースエステルフィルムA-1と同様にして、セルロースエステルフィルムA-2~A-5を作製した。
(Production of cellulose ester films A-2 to A-5)
Cellulose ester films A-2 to A-5 were produced in the same manner as the cellulose ester film A-1, except that the film thickness and retardation Ro were changed as shown in Table 1.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000001
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000001
 (PCフィルムA-6の作製)
 温度計、撹拌機、還流冷却器付き反応器にイオン交換水152400部、25%水酸化ナトリウム水溶液84320部を入れ、HPLC分析で純度99.8%の9,9-ビス(4-ヒドロキシ-3-メチルフェニル)フルオレン(以下“ビスクレゾールフルオレン”と略称することがある)34848部、2,2-ビス(4-ヒドロキシフェニル)プロパン9008部(以下“ビスフェノールA”と略称することがある)及びハイドロサルファイト88部を溶解した後、メチレンクロライド178400部を加え、撹拌した。そして、15~25℃でホスゲン18248部を、60分を要して吹き込んだ。ホスゲン吹き込み終了後、p-tert-ブチルフェノール177.8部をメチレンクロライド2640部に溶解した溶液及び25%水酸化ナトリウム水溶液10560部を加え、乳化後、トリエチルアミン32部を加えて28~33℃で1時間撹拌して反応を終了した。
(Preparation of PC film A-6)
In a reactor equipped with a thermometer, a stirrer, and a reflux condenser, 152400 parts of ion-exchanged water and 84320 parts of 25% aqueous sodium hydroxide solution were added, and 9,9-bis (4-hydroxy-3 having a purity of 99.8% by HPLC analysis. -Methylphenyl) fluorene (hereinafter abbreviated as “biscresol fluorene”) 34848 parts, 2,2-bis (4-hydroxyphenyl) propane 9008 parts (hereinafter abbreviated as “bisphenol A”) and After dissolving 88 parts of hydrosulfite, 178400 parts of methylene chloride was added and stirred. Then, 18248 parts of phosgene was blown in at a temperature of 15 to 25 ° C. over 60 minutes. After the completion of phosgene blowing, a solution obtained by dissolving 177.8 parts of p-tert-butylphenol in 2640 parts of methylene chloride and 10560 parts of a 25% aqueous sodium hydroxide solution were added. After emulsification, 32 parts of triethylamine was added and the mixture was added at 28 to 33 ° C. The reaction was terminated by stirring for a period of time.
 反応終了後、生成物をメチレンクロライドで希釈して水洗したのち、塩酸酸性にして水洗し、水相の導電率がイオン交換水と殆ど同じになったところで、メチレンクロライド相を濃縮、脱水して、ポリカーボネート濃度が20%の溶液を得た。この溶液から溶媒を除去して得たポリカーボネート(共重合体A)はビスクレゾールフルオレンとビスフェノールAとの構成単位の比がモル比で70:30であった(ポリマー収率97%)。また、このポリマーの極限粘度は0.674、ガラス転移温度Tgは226℃であった。 After completion of the reaction, the product is diluted with methylene chloride, washed with water, acidified with hydrochloric acid and washed with water. When the conductivity of the aqueous phase is almost the same as that of ion-exchanged water, the methylene chloride phase is concentrated and dehydrated. A solution having a polycarbonate concentration of 20% was obtained. The polycarbonate (copolymer A) obtained by removing the solvent from this solution had a molar ratio of biscresol fluorene to bisphenol A of 70:30 (polymer yield 97%). This polymer had an intrinsic viscosity of 0.674 and a glass transition temperature Tg of 226 ° C.
 エタノールを4質量部含む、メチレンクロライドとエタノール混合溶媒75質量部に対して、前記ポリカーボネート25質量部を25℃で攪拌しながら溶解して、透明で粘ちょうなドープを得た。このドープを、乾燥空気を送風して露点を12℃以下に制御した100mステンレスベルト上に流涎し、剥離した。その時の残留溶媒濃度は35%であった。剥離性は良好であり帯電も少ないことより、目視観察ではフィルム表面に剥離段や剥離筋等は見られなかった。その後、残留溶媒濃度が2%のとき、幅手方向に2倍延伸処理した後、幅を保持して乾燥させた。その後、残留溶媒濃度が1%以下になるまで乾燥し、幅1.5m、乾燥膜厚80μmのPCフィルムA-6を得た。巻長は5200mであった。また。PCフィルムA-6の位相差については、上記と同様の測定法で測定した結果、リタデーションRoが500nmであった。 25 parts by mass of the polycarbonate was dissolved while stirring at 25 ° C. with respect to 75 parts by mass of a mixed solvent of methylene chloride and ethanol containing 4 parts by mass of ethanol to obtain a transparent and viscous dope. The dope was poured on a 100 m stainless steel belt having a dew point controlled to 12 ° C. or less by blowing dry air and peeled off. The residual solvent concentration at that time was 35%. Due to the good releasability and low charge, the visual observation showed no peeling step or peeling streaks on the film surface. Thereafter, when the residual solvent concentration was 2%, the film was stretched twice in the width direction and then dried while maintaining the width. Thereafter, drying was performed until the residual solvent concentration became 1% or less to obtain PC film A-6 having a width of 1.5 m and a dry film thickness of 80 μm. The winding length was 5200 m. Also. The retardation of PC film A-6 was measured by the same measurement method as described above, and as a result, retardation Ro was 500 nm.
 (COPフィルムA-7の作製)
 〈脂環式構造を有する重合体樹脂の合成〉
 エチレン雰囲気下、容量1.6lのオートクレーブに、フェニルノルボルネン濃度が20mol/lで、総液量が640mlとなるように、トルエンとフェニルノルボルネン-トルエン溶液を入れた。次に、メチルアルミノキサン(アルベマール社製、MAO20%トルエン溶液)をAl基準で5.88mmol、メチレン(シクロペンタジエニル)(テトラメチルシクロペンタジエニル)ジルコニウムジクロリド1.5μmolを添加し、エチレンを導入して圧力を0.2MPaに保持しながら、80℃で60分間反応させた。
(Preparation of COP film A-7)
<Synthesis of polymer resin having alicyclic structure>
Under an ethylene atmosphere, toluene and a phenylnorbornene-toluene solution were placed in an autoclave having a volume of 1.6 l so that the phenylnorbornene concentration was 20 mol / l and the total liquid volume was 640 ml. Next, 5.88 mmol of methylaluminoxane (manufactured by Albemarle, MAO 20% toluene solution) and 1.5 μmol of methylene (cyclopentadienyl) (tetramethylcyclopentadienyl) zirconium dichloride were added on the basis of Al, and ethylene was introduced. Then, the reaction was carried out at 80 ° C. for 60 minutes while maintaining the pressure at 0.2 MPa.
 反応終了後、放冷しながらエチレンを脱圧し、系内を窒素で置換した。その後、吸着水分量を10質量%に調整したシリカ(富士シリシア社製、グレード:G-3粒径:50μm)を3.0g加えて1時間反応させた。その反応液を、濾紙(5C、90mm)とセライト(和光純薬工業社)をセットした加圧ろ過器(アドバンテック東洋株式会社、型式KST-90-UH)に入れ、窒素で加圧ろ過して重合液を回収した。その重合液を5倍量のアセトン中に少量ずつ滴下して析出させ、脂環式構造を有する重合体樹脂COP1を得た。COP1の重量平均分子量は142000であり、またガラス転移温度は140℃であった。 After completion of the reaction, ethylene was depressurized while allowing to cool, and the system was replaced with nitrogen. Thereafter, 3.0 g of silica (manufactured by Fuji Silysia Co., grade: G-3 particle size: 50 μm) with the adsorbed water content adjusted to 10% by mass was added and reacted for 1 hour. The reaction solution was placed in a pressure filter (Advantech Toyo Co., Ltd., model KST-90-UH) set with filter paper (5C, 90 mm) and Celite (Wako Pure Chemical Industries, Ltd.), and pressure filtered with nitrogen. The polymerization solution was recovered. The polymerization solution was dropped dropwise in 5 times amount of acetone and deposited to obtain a polymer resin COP1 having an alicyclic structure. COP1 had a weight average molecular weight of 142,000 and a glass transition temperature of 140 ° C.
 上記で合成した脂環式構造を有する重合体樹脂COP1を、空気を流通させた熱風乾燥機を用いて70℃で2時間乾燥して水分を除去した後に、65mmφのスクリューを備えた樹脂溶融混練機を有するTダイ式フィルム溶融押し出し成形機(Tダイ幅500mm)を使用し、溶融樹脂温度240℃、Tダイ温度240℃の成形条件にて、膜厚100μmのCOPフィルムを押し出し成形した。 The polymer resin COP1 having an alicyclic structure synthesized above is dried for 2 hours at 70 ° C. using a hot air dryer in which air is circulated to remove moisture, and then resin melt kneaded with a 65 mmφ screw A COP film having a film thickness of 100 μm was extruded using a T-die film melt extrusion molding machine (T-die width 500 mm) having a machine under molding conditions of a molten resin temperature of 240 ° C. and a T-die temperature of 240 ° C.
 次いで、剥離したCOPフィルムを、200℃の熱をかけながらテンターを用いて幅手方向に90%延伸した。次いで、乾燥ゾーンを多数のローラで搬送させながら乾燥を終了させた。乾燥温度は130℃で、搬送張力は100N/mとした。乾燥後、1.5m幅にスリットし、フィルム両端に幅10mm、高さ10μmのナーリング加工を施し、ロール状に巻き取り、乾燥膜厚100μmのCOPフィルムA-7を得た。巻長は5000mであった。COPフィルムA-7の位相差については、上記と同様の測定法で測定した結果、リタデーションRoが0nmであった。 Next, the peeled COP film was stretched 90% in the width direction using a tenter while applying heat at 200 ° C. Next, drying was completed while the drying zone was conveyed by a number of rollers. The drying temperature was 130 ° C. and the transport tension was 100 N / m. After drying, it was slit into a width of 1.5 m, a knurling process having a width of 10 mm and a height of 10 μm was applied to both ends of the film, and wound into a roll to obtain a COP film A-7 having a dry film thickness of 100 μm. The winding length was 5000 m. The retardation of the COP film A-7 was measured by the same measurement method as described above, and as a result, the retardation Ro was 0 nm.
 (PETフィルムA-8の作製)
 〈ポリエステルA〉
 テレフタル酸ジメチル100質量部、エチレングリコール64質量部に酢酸カルシウム水和物0.1質量部を添加し、常法によりエステル交換反応を行った。得られた生成物に5-ナトリウムスルホジ(β-ヒドロキシエチル)イソフタル酸のエチレングリコール溶液(濃度35質量%)39質量部(7モル%/全ジカルボン酸成分)、ポリエチレングリコール(数平均分子量3000)5.8質量部(5質量%/生成したポリエステル)、三酸化アンチモン0.05質量部、リン酸トリメチルエステル0.13質量部を添加した。次いで徐々に昇温、減圧し、280℃、40Paで重合を行い、ポリエステルAを得た。そして、以下に示す方法に従ってポリエステルAの固有粘度を求めた結果、固有粘度は0.50dl/gであった。
(Preparation of PET film A-8)
<Polyester A>
To 100 parts by mass of dimethyl terephthalate and 64 parts by mass of ethylene glycol, 0.1 part by mass of calcium acetate hydrate was added, and transesterification was performed by a conventional method. The obtained product was mixed with ethylene glycol solution of 5-sodium sulfodi (β-hydroxyethyl) isophthalic acid (concentration 35% by mass) (7 mol% / total dicarboxylic acid component), polyethylene glycol (number average molecular weight 3000). 5.8 parts by mass (5% by mass / generated polyester), 0.05 parts by mass of antimony trioxide, and 0.13 parts by mass of trimethyl phosphate. Next, the temperature was gradually raised and the pressure was reduced, and polymerization was performed at 280 ° C. and 40 Pa to obtain polyester A. And as a result of calculating | requiring the intrinsic viscosity of the polyester A according to the method shown below, intrinsic viscosity was 0.50 dl / g.
 固有粘度については、ウベローデ型粘度計を用いて以下の手順で算出した。質量比が約55:45(流下時間42.0±0.1秒に調整)であるフェノールと1,1,2,2-テトラクロロエタンとの混合溶媒を用い、サンプルを溶かして濃度0.2,0.6,1.0(g/dl)の溶液(温度20℃)を調製した。ウベローデ型粘度計によって、それぞれの濃度(C)における比粘度(ηsp)を求め、式[ηsp/C]を濃度零に補外(C→0)し、固有粘度[η]を求めた。固有粘度[η]の単位はdl/gである。 The intrinsic viscosity was calculated by the following procedure using an Ubbelohde viscometer. Using a mixed solvent of phenol and 1,1,2,2-tetrachloroethane having a mass ratio of about 55:45 (adjusted to a flow time of 42.0 ± 0.1 seconds), the sample was dissolved to a concentration of 0.2 , 0.6, 1.0 (g / dl) solution (temperature 20 ° C.). Using an Ubbelohde viscometer, the specific viscosity (ηsp) at each concentration (C) was determined, and the equation [ηsp / C] was extrapolated to a concentration of zero (C → 0) to determine the intrinsic viscosity [η]. The unit of intrinsic viscosity [η] is dl / g.
 上記ポリエステルAのペレットを150℃で8時間真空乾燥した後、押出機を用いて285℃で溶融押出し、30℃の冷却ドラム上に静電印加しながら密着させ、冷却固化させ未延伸シートを得た。この未延伸シートを、ローラ式縦延伸機を用いて、90℃で縦方向に2.0倍延伸した。表裏面の温度差は5℃以内であった。 The polyester A pellets were vacuum-dried at 150 ° C. for 8 hours, melt-extruded at 285 ° C. using an extruder, closely adhered to a 30 ° C. cooling drum while electrostatically applied, and cooled and solidified to obtain an unstretched sheet. It was. This unstretched sheet was stretched 2.0 times in the longitudinal direction at 90 ° C. using a roller-type longitudinal stretching machine. The temperature difference between the front and back surfaces was within 5 ° C.
 得られた一軸延伸フィルムをテンター式横延伸機を用いて、100℃で横方向に1.2倍延伸した。次いで、70℃で2秒間熱処理し、さらに第一熱固定ゾーン150℃で10秒間熱固定し、第二熱固定ゾーン180℃で15秒間熱固定して、次いで160℃で幅手方向に2%弛緩処理し巻き取り、幅1.5m、乾燥膜厚100μmのPETフィルムA-8を作製した。巻長は5000mであった。PETフィルムA-8の位相差については、上記と同様の測定法で測定した結果、リタデーションRoが3000nmであった。 The obtained uniaxially stretched film was stretched 1.2 times in the transverse direction at 100 ° C. using a tenter-type transverse stretching machine. Next, heat treatment was performed at 70 ° C. for 2 seconds, heat-fixed at 150 ° C. for the first heat setting zone for 10 seconds, heat-setting at the second heat setting zone at 180 ° C. for 15 seconds, and then 2% in the width direction at 160 ° C. The PET film A-8 having a width of 1.5 m and a dry film thickness of 100 μm was produced after being relaxed and wound up. The winding length was 5000 m. The retardation of the PET film A-8 was measured by the same measurement method as described above. As a result, the retardation Ro was 3000 nm.
 以上で作製したセルロースエステルフィルム、COPフィルム、PCフィルム、及びPETフィルムを導電フィルムの飛散防止フィルムとして使用した。 The cellulose ester film, COP film, PC film, and PET film produced above were used as the anti-scattering film for the conductive film.
 (ハードコートフィルムの作製)
 上記作製したセルロースエステルフィルムA-5、PCフィルムA-6、PETフィルムA-8上に、ハードコート層組成物を孔径0.4μmのポリプロピレン製フィルターで濾過したものを、マイクログラビアコーターを用いて塗布した。そして、恒率乾燥区間温度95℃、減率乾燥区間温度95℃で乾燥の後、紫外線ランプを用い、照射部の照度が100mW/cmで、照射量を0.1J/cmとして塗布層を硬化させ、ドライ膜厚3μmのハードコート層を形成した。そして、形成後のフィルムを巻き取り、ロール状のハードコートフィルムとした。なお、ハードコート層は、導電層として、後述するITO導電膜を形成する場合のみ作製した。
(Preparation of hard coat film)
On the cellulose ester film A-5, PC film A-6, and PET film A-8 produced above, the hard coat layer composition is filtered through a polypropylene filter having a pore size of 0.4 μm using a micro gravure coater. Applied. Then, after drying at a constant rate drying zone temperature of 95 ° C. and a reduced rate drying zone temperature of 95 ° C., an ultraviolet lamp is used, the illuminance of the irradiated part is 100 mW / cm 2 , and the irradiation amount is 0.1 J / cm 2. Was cured to form a hard coat layer having a dry film thickness of 3 μm. And the film after formation was wound up and it was set as the roll-shaped hard coat film. The hard coat layer was produced only when an ITO conductive film described later was formed as the conductive layer.
 (導電層の形成)
 〈銀ナノワイヤー〉
 特表2009-505358号公報の例1(銀ナノワイヤーの合成)に開示されている方法にて銀ナノワイヤーを得た。すなわち、ポリビニルピロリドン(PVP)の存在下で、エチレングリコールに溶解される硫酸銀の還元によって、銀ナノワイヤーを合成した。なお、ポリオール(多価アルコール)の還元力により、金属イオンを還元し、ナノサイズの金属粒子を析出させる方法は、ポリオール方法とも呼ばれる。
(Formation of conductive layer)
<Silver nanowires>
Silver nanowires were obtained by the method disclosed in Example 1 (synthesis of silver nanowires) in JP-T-2009-505358. That is, silver nanowires were synthesized by reduction of silver sulfate dissolved in ethylene glycol in the presence of polyvinylpyrrolidone (PVP). Note that the method of reducing metal ions and precipitating nano-sized metal particles by the reducing power of polyol (polyhydric alcohol) is also called a polyol method.
 次いで、同特表2009-505358号公報の例8(ナノワイヤー分散)に開示されている方法にて、銀ナノワイヤー分散塗液を得た。すなわち、約0.08%wt.のHPMC(ヒドロキシプロピルメチルセルロース)、約0.36%wt.の銀ナノワイヤー、約0.005%wt.のZonyl(登録商標)FSO-100、および約99.555%wt.の水を混合して、銀ナノワイヤー分散塗液を得た。この銀ナノワイヤー分散塗液を松尾産業(株)製 バーコーターを使用してセルロースエステルフィルム上に塗布し、120℃で2分間乾燥し、銀ナノワイヤー塗膜を設けた。 Next, a silver nanowire-dispersed coating liquid was obtained by the method disclosed in Example 8 (nanowire dispersion) of JP-T 2009-505358. That is, about 0.08% wt. HPMC (hydroxypropyl methylcellulose), about 0.36% wt. Silver nanowire, about 0.005% wt. Zonyl® FSO-100, and about 99.555% wt. Were mixed to obtain a silver nanowire-dispersed coating solution. This silver nanowire dispersion coating liquid was applied onto a cellulose ester film using a bar coater manufactured by Matsuo Sangyo Co., Ltd. and dried at 120 ° C. for 2 minutes to provide a silver nanowire coating film.
 〈銅ナノワイヤー〉
 特開2002-266007号公報に記載の方法で銅ナノワイヤーを作製した。すなわち、双頭型ペプチド脂質0.1ミリモルをサンプル瓶にとり、これに2倍当量の水酸化ナトリウム8.0mg(0.20ミリモル)を含む蒸留水100mlを加え、超音波照射(バス型)を施すことにより双頭型ペプチド脂質を溶解させた。この水溶液をホットスターラー上において、激しく撹拌しながら、常温で保持しておき、これに0.1モル/リットルの酢酸銅(II)を1ml加えた。すると、徐々に溶液が濁り、青色のコロイド状分散液が形成された。
<Copper nanowire>
Copper nanowires were produced by the method described in JP-A-2002-266007. That is, 0.1 mmol of double-headed peptide lipid is placed in a sample bottle, and 100 ml of distilled water containing 8.0 mg (0.20 mmol) of double equivalent sodium hydroxide is added thereto, followed by ultrasonic irradiation (bath type). Thus, the double-headed peptide lipid was dissolved. This aqueous solution was kept at room temperature while stirring vigorously on a hot stirrer, and 1 ml of 0.1 mol / liter copper (II) acetate was added thereto. As a result, the solution gradually became cloudy and a blue colloidal dispersion was formed.
 次に、この青色コロイド状分散液を常温、大気中で撹拌しておき、5ミリモル/リットルの水素化ホウ素ナトリウム水溶液100ml(0.5ミリモル)を加えた。すると、溶液がすぐ黒褐色化し、およそ6時間後に暗灰色の綿状沈殿が生じた。綿状沈殿を透過型電子顕微鏡で観察し、直径が数十から数百ナノメートルの球状構造体と、銅ナノワイヤーの形成とを確認した。透過型電子顕微鏡写真より、銅ナノワイヤーの平均径は10~20nmであり、平均長さは1~10μm又はそれ以上であることがわかった。 Next, this blue colloidal dispersion was stirred at room temperature in the air, and 100 ml (0.5 mmol) of 5 mmol / liter sodium borohydride aqueous solution was added. The solution immediately turned dark brown and a dark gray flocculent precipitate formed after approximately 6 hours. The cotton-like precipitate was observed with a transmission electron microscope, and the spherical structure having a diameter of several tens to several hundreds of nanometers and the formation of copper nanowires were confirmed. From the transmission electron micrograph, it was found that the average diameter of the copper nanowires was 10 to 20 nm and the average length was 1 to 10 μm or more.
 〈ITO導電膜〉
 組成In/SnO=90/10のインジウム・スズ酸化物ターゲットを用い、真空度10-4Torrにて、アルゴン/酸素混合ガス導入のもと、スパッタリング法にて、ハードコートフィルム上に、厚さ250nmのITO導電性薄膜を設けた。
<ITO conductive film>
Using an indium tin oxide target having a composition of In 2 O 2 / SnO 2 = 90/10, with a vacuum of 10 −4 Torr and introducing a mixed gas of argon / oxygen, a sputtering method is performed on the hard coat film. Further, an ITO conductive thin film having a thickness of 250 nm was provided.
 <偏光板の作製>
 次に、表示パネルの偏光板の作製について説明する。偏光板は、偏光子としての偏光膜の一方の面に表面保護フィルムを貼り合わせ、他方の面に裏面保護フィルムを貼り合わせることで作製される。まず、表面保護フィルムおよび裏面保護フィルムの作製について説明する。
<Preparation of polarizing plate>
Next, production of a polarizing plate for a display panel will be described. The polarizing plate is produced by bonding a surface protective film to one surface of a polarizing film as a polarizer and bonding a back surface protective film to the other surface. First, preparation of a surface protective film and a back surface protective film will be described.
 (表面保護フィルムの作成)
 <セルロースエステルフィルムの作製>
 表1に記載のように膜厚およびリタデーションRoを変化させた以外は、セルロースエステルフィルムA-1と同様にして、セルロースエステルフィルムB-1~B-5、B-7~B-8を作製した。
(Creation of surface protective film)
<Production of cellulose ester film>
Cellulose ester films B-1 to B-5 and B-7 to B-8 were prepared in the same manner as the cellulose ester film A-1, except that the film thickness and retardation Ro were changed as shown in Table 1. did.
 <アクリルフィルムの作製>
 以下の方法で、アクリルフィルムB-6を作製した。なお、アクリルフィルムB-6には、可塑剤を含有させなかった。
<Production of acrylic film>
Acrylic film B-6 was produced by the following method. The acrylic film B-6 did not contain a plasticizer.
 (アクリルフィルムの調製)
 ラクトン環単位を含む下記アクリル樹脂の調製を行った。すなわち、特開2008-9378号公報の段落〔0222〕~〔0224〕の製造例1に従い、メタクリル酸メチル7500g、2-(ヒドロキシメチル)アクリル酸メチル2500gから合成し、ラクトン化率98%、Tg=134℃のアクリル樹脂を得た。
(Preparation of acrylic film)
The following acrylic resin containing a lactone ring unit was prepared. That is, it was synthesized from 7500 g of methyl methacrylate and 2500 g of methyl 2- (hydroxymethyl) acrylate according to Production Example 1 of paragraphs [0222] to [0224] of JP-A-2008-9378, and the lactonization rate was 98%. = 134 ° C. acrylic resin was obtained.
 (アクリルフィルムの製膜)
 調製した前記アクリル樹脂を90℃の真空乾燥機で乾燥して含水率を0.03%以下とした後、安定剤(イルガノックス1010(チバガイギ(株)製)0.3重量%を添加し、230℃において窒素気流中下、ベント付2軸混練押出し機を用い、水中に押出しストランド状にした後、裁断し、直径3mm長さ5mmのペレットを得た。
(Acrylic film formation)
The prepared acrylic resin was dried with a vacuum dryer at 90 ° C. to a water content of 0.03% or less, and then a stabilizer (Irganox 1010 (manufactured by Ciba-Gigi Co., Ltd.)) was added in an amount of 0.3% by weight. In a nitrogen stream at 230 ° C., a biaxial kneading extruder with a vent was used to form an extruded strand in water and then cut to obtain pellets having a diameter of 3 mm and a length of 5 mm.
 これらのペレットを90℃の真空乾燥機で乾燥し、含水率を0.03%以下とした後、1軸混練押出し機を用い、供給部210℃、圧縮部230℃、計量部230℃で混練し、ハンガーコートダイから押出した。このとき押出し機とダイとの間に300メッシュのスクリーンフィルター、ギアポンプ、濾過精度7μmのリーフディスクフィルターをこの順に配置し、これらをメルト配管で連結した。さらにスタチックミキサーをダイ直前のメルト配管内に設置した。 These pellets are dried in a vacuum dryer at 90 ° C. to a water content of 0.03% or less, and then kneaded at a supply unit 210 ° C., a compression unit 230 ° C., and a weighing unit 230 ° C. using a single-screw kneading extruder. And extruded from a hanger coat die. At this time, a 300-mesh screen filter, a gear pump, and a leaf disk filter with a filtration accuracy of 7 μm were arranged in this order between the extruder and the die, and these were connected by a melt pipe. Furthermore, a static mixer was installed in the melt pipe immediately before the die.
 この後、3連のキャストロール上にメルト(溶融樹脂)を押出した。このとき、最上流側のキャストロール(チルロール)にタッチロールを接触させた。タッチロールは特開平11-235747号公報の実施例1に記載のもの(二重抑えロールと記載のあるもの、但し薄肉金属外筒厚みは2mmとした)を用いた。なお、チルロールを含む3連のキャストロールの温度は、上流から順に、タッチロール温度+3℃、タッチロール温度-2℃、タッチロール温度-7℃とした。 After this, the melt (molten resin) was extruded onto a triple cast roll. At this time, the touch roll was brought into contact with the most upstream cast roll (chill roll). The touch roll described in Example 1 of JP-A No. 11-235747 (the one described as a double holding roll was used, but the thickness of the thin metal outer cylinder was 2 mm) was used. The temperature of the triple cast rolls including the chill rolls was, in order from the upstream, touch roll temperature + 3 ° C., touch roll temperature −2 ° C., and touch roll temperature −7 ° C.
 この後、巻き取り直前に両端(全幅の各5cm)をトリミングした後、両端に幅10mm、高さ20μmの厚みだし加工(ナーリング)をつけた。また製膜幅1.5mとし、製膜速度30m/分で3000m巻き取った。製膜後の未延伸フィルムの厚みは40μmとした。 Then, after trimming both ends (5 cm each of the total width) immediately before winding, a thickness increasing process (knurling) with a width of 10 mm and a height of 20 μm was applied to both ends. Further, the film-forming width was 1.5 m, and the film was wound up 3000 m at a film-forming speed of 30 m / min. The thickness of the unstretched film after film formation was 40 μm.
 (裏面保護フィルムの作成)
 <アクリルフィルムの作製>
 表1に記載のように膜厚を変化させた以外は、アクリルフィルムB-6と同様にして、アクリルフィルムC-1、C-4、C-8を作製した。
(Creation of back surface protection film)
<Production of acrylic film>
Acrylic films C-1, C-4, and C-8 were produced in the same manner as the acrylic film B-6 except that the film thickness was changed as shown in Table 1.
 <COPフィルムの作製>
 表1に記載のように膜厚を変化させた以外は、COPフィルムA-7と同様にして、COPフィルムC-2、C-3、C-6、C-7を作製した。
<Production of COP film>
COP films C-2, C-3, C-6, and C-7 were produced in the same manner as COP film A-7 except that the film thickness was changed as shown in Table 1.
 <セルロースエステルフィルムの作製>
 表1に記載のように膜厚およびリタデーションRoを変化させた以外は、セルロースエステルフィルムA-1と同様にして、セルロースエステルフィルムC-5を作製した。
<Production of cellulose ester film>
A cellulose ester film C-5 was produced in the same manner as the cellulose ester film A-1, except that the film thickness and retardation Ro were changed as shown in Table 1.
 (偏光子の作製)
 鹸化度99.95モル%、重合度2400のポリビニルアルコール(以下、PVAと略記する)100質量部に、グリセリン10質量部、及び水170質量部を含浸させたものを溶融混練し、脱泡後、Tダイから金属ロール上に溶融押出し、製膜した。その後、乾燥・熱処理して、PVAフィルムを得た。
(Production of polarizer)
100 parts by mass of polyvinyl alcohol (hereinafter abbreviated as PVA) having a saponification degree of 99.95 mol% and a polymerization degree of 2400 was impregnated with 10 parts by mass of glycerin and 170 parts by mass of water. The film was melt-extruded from a T die onto a metal roll to form a film. Then, it dried and heat-processed and obtained the PVA film.
 得られたPVAフィルムは、平均厚さが25μm、水分率が4.4%、フィルム幅が3mであった。次に、得られたPVAフィルムを、予備膨潤、染色、湿式法による一軸延伸、固定処理、乾燥、熱処理の順番で、連続的に処理して、偏光子としての偏光膜を作製した。すなわち、PVAフィルムを温度30℃の水中に30秒間浸して予備膨潤し、ヨウ素濃度0.4g/リットル、ヨウ化カリウム濃度40g/リットルの温度35℃の水溶液中に3分間浸した。続いて、ホウ酸濃度4%の50℃の水溶液中でフィルムにかかる張力が700N/mの条件下で、6倍に一軸延伸を行い、ヨウ化カリウム濃度40g/リットル、ホウ酸濃度40g/リットル、塩化亜鉛濃度10g/リットルの温度30℃の水溶液中に5分間浸漬して固定処理を行った。その後、PVAフィルムを取り出し、温度40℃で熱風乾燥し、更に温度100℃で5分間熱処理を行った。得られた偏光膜は、平均厚みが13μm、偏光性能については透過率が43.0%、偏光度が99.5%、2色性比が40.1であった The obtained PVA film had an average thickness of 25 μm, a moisture content of 4.4%, and a film width of 3 m. Next, the obtained PVA film was continuously processed in the order of pre-swelling, dyeing, uniaxial stretching by a wet method, fixing treatment, drying, and heat treatment to produce a polarizing film as a polarizer. That is, the PVA film was immersed in water at a temperature of 30 ° C. for 30 seconds to be pre-swelled, and immersed in an aqueous solution having an iodine concentration of 0.4 g / liter and a potassium iodide concentration of 40 g / liter at a temperature of 35 ° C. for 3 minutes. Subsequently, the film was uniaxially stretched 6 times in a 50% aqueous solution with a boric acid concentration of 4% under a tension of 700 N / m. The potassium iodide concentration was 40 g / liter, and the boric acid concentration was 40 g / liter. Then, it was immersed in an aqueous solution having a zinc chloride concentration of 10 g / liter and a temperature of 30 ° C. for 5 minutes for fixing. Thereafter, the PVA film was taken out, dried with hot air at a temperature of 40 ° C., and further heat-treated at a temperature of 100 ° C. for 5 minutes. The obtained polarizing film had an average thickness of 13 μm, a polarizing performance of 43.0% transmittance, a polarization degree of 99.5%, and a dichroic ratio of 40.1.
 (偏光子へのフィルムのUV接着)
 厚さ25μmのヨウ素が吸着配向されたポリビニルアルコール系フィルム(PVAフィルム)の両面に、紫外線硬化型接着剤としてのエポキシ樹脂組成物を介して、表面保護フィルムと裏面保護フィルムとをニップロールによって重ね合わせた。
(UV adhesion of film to polarizer)
A surface protective film and a back surface protective film are overlapped by a nip roll on both surfaces of a polyvinyl alcohol film (PVA film) having a thickness of 25 μm adsorbed and oriented with an epoxy resin composition as an ultraviolet curable adhesive. It was.
 次に、紫外線照射装置(GS-YUASA社製)に備えられた紫外線ランプであるEHAN1700NAL高圧水銀ランプ2灯から、偏光板に紫外線を照射し、上記の接着剤を硬化させた。このとき、偏光板の表面保護フィルム側の面を、23℃の冷却ロールの外周面に密着させながら、照射される紫外線中において、長手方向に600Nの張力下でライン速度11m/分で偏光板を通過させた。その際の紫外線の積算光量は、110mJ/cmであった。なお、紫外線の積算光量は、波長域280~320nmのUVB領域での照射を基に計測した。 Next, the polarizing plate was irradiated with ultraviolet rays from two EHAN1700NAL high-pressure mercury lamps, which are ultraviolet lamps provided in an ultraviolet irradiation device (manufactured by GS-YUSASA), and the above adhesive was cured. At this time, while the surface of the polarizing plate on the surface protective film side is in close contact with the outer peripheral surface of the cooling roll at 23 ° C., the polarizing plate is polarized at a line speed of 11 m / min under a tension of 600 N in the longitudinal direction in the irradiated ultraviolet light. Was passed. At that time, the cumulative amount of ultraviolet light was 110 mJ / cm 2 . The cumulative amount of ultraviolet light was measured based on irradiation in the UVB region having a wavelength range of 280 to 320 nm.
 <タッチパネル付き表示装置の組み立て>
 タッチパネルの電極層側と、液晶表示装置の偏光板側とを、粘着剤層を介して貼り合わせ、タッチパネル付きの液晶表示装置を構成した。
<Assembly of display device with touch panel>
The electrode layer side of the touch panel and the polarizing plate side of the liquid crystal display device were bonded together via an adhesive layer to constitute a liquid crystal display device with a touch panel.
 より具体的には、液晶表示装置の偏光板の保護フィルムの表面に、粘着剤として、ソニーケミカル&インフォメーションデバイス社製のSVR1240を塗布し、塗布した粘着剤を介して、液晶表示装置とタッチパネルとを貼り合わせた。そして、粘着剤の一部分に紫外線を照射して両者を仮固定した。その後、界面に気泡が生じていないか検査した後、粘着剤の全体に紫外線を照射して完全に硬化させた。 More specifically, SVR1240 manufactured by Sony Chemical & Information Device Co. is applied as an adhesive to the surface of the protective film of the polarizing plate of the liquid crystal display device, and the liquid crystal display device and the touch panel are applied via the applied adhesive. Were pasted together. And both ultraviolet rays were irradiated to some adhesives, and both were temporarily fixed. Then, after inspecting for bubbles at the interface, the entire pressure-sensitive adhesive was completely cured by irradiation with ultraviolet rays.
 実施例1~4、比較例1~6に係るタッチパネル付きの液晶表示装置における、導電フィルム、表面保護フィルム、裏面保護フィルムの組み合わせは、表1に記載の通りである。 Table 1 shows combinations of the conductive film, the surface protective film, and the back surface protective film in the liquid crystal display devices with touch panels according to Examples 1 to 4 and Comparative Examples 1 to 6.
 <タッチパネル付き表示装置の評価>
 (1)表示ムラの評価
 作製したタッチパネル付き表示装置を、60℃90%の環境下で120h黒表示し続け、そのときの表示状態を観察した。このときの評価基準は、以下の通りである。
  ○:ギラツキ・白ヌケ模様のムラ共に発生なし。
  △:白ヌケ模様のムラが発生した。
  ×:表面のギラツキが発生した。
<Evaluation of display device with touch panel>
(1) Evaluation of display unevenness The produced display device with a touch panel continued to display black for 120 hours in an environment of 60 ° C. and 90%, and the display state at that time was observed. The evaluation criteria at this time are as follows.
○: Neither the glare nor the white spotted pattern is generated.
(Triangle | delta): The nonuniformity of the white blank pattern generate | occur | produced.
X: Surface glare occurred.
 (2)PVA配向性の評価
 作製したタッチパネル付き表示装置について、視野角特性測定装置EZContrast(ELDIM社製)を用い、コントラスト評価を行った。このときの評価基準は、以下の通りである。
  ○:コントラストが100%である。
  △:コントラスト低下量が5%未満である。
  ×:コントラスト低下量が5%以上である。
(2) Evaluation of PVA orientation Contrast evaluation was performed about the produced display apparatus with a touch panel using the viewing angle characteristic measuring apparatus EZContrast (made by ELDIM). The evaluation criteria at this time are as follows.
○: Contrast is 100%.
Δ: Contrast reduction amount is less than 5%.
X: Contrast reduction amount is 5% or more.
 (3)偏光子劣化について
 作製したタッチパネル付き表示装置を、60℃90%の環境下に500h静置させた後、黒表示の状態を観察した。このときの評価基準は、以下の通りである。
  ○:表示が黒である(赤みがかっていない)。
  △:わずかに赤みがかっている。
  ×:表示が赤みを帯びている。
(3) About Polarizer Degradation The prepared display device with a touch panel was allowed to stand in an environment of 60 ° C. and 90% for 500 hours, and then the state of black display was observed. The evaluation criteria at this time are as follows.
○: The display is black (not reddish).
Δ: Slightly reddish
X: The display is reddish.
 [評価結果]
 実施例1~4および比較例1~6の評価の結果を表2に示す。
[Evaluation results]
Table 2 shows the evaluation results of Examples 1 to 4 and Comparative Examples 1 to 6.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000002
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000002
 偏光板の裏面保護フィルムがセルロースエステルを含む比較例1では、黒表示時に白抜けの表示ムラが生じているのに対して、裏面保護フィルムがCOPやPMMAを含む実施例1~4、比較例2~6では、表示ムラは発生していない。これは、COPやPMMAは、透湿度200g/m/24h以下であり、セルロースエステル(透湿度800g/m/24h以上)に比べて水分の透過を抑えることができるため、裏面保護フィルムの位相差(リタデーションRo)が上記の水分によって変動するのが抑えられ、黒表示時でも白抜けが発生していないものと考えられる。 In Comparative Example 1 in which the back surface protective film of the polarizing plate contains cellulose ester, white display unevenness occurs during black display, whereas Examples 1 to 4 in which the back surface protective film contains COP or PMMA, Comparative Example In 2 to 6, display unevenness does not occur. This, COP and PMMA is less moisture permeability 200g / m 2 / 24h, it is possible to suppress the permeation of moisture as compared to a cellulose ester (moisture permeability 800g / m 2 / 24h or higher), the backside protective film It is considered that the phase difference (retardation Ro) is prevented from fluctuating due to the moisture, and white spots are not generated even during black display.
 また、表面保護フィルムに可塑剤が含まれていない比較例2、および表面保護フィルムに可塑剤が含まれていても、その可塑剤が偏光子側に多く偏在する(タッチパネル側に少なく偏在する)比較例6では、偏光子の配向の乱れによるコントラスト低下が生じている。これに対して、表面保護フィルムに含まれる可塑剤が偏光子側に少なく偏在する実施例1~4、比較例1、3~5では、偏光子の配向の乱れによるコントラスト低下が生じていない。これは、偏光子に対する表面保護フィルムのUV接着時における接着剤の硬化収縮が表面保護フィルム(セルロースエステルフィルム)における可塑剤が少ない側の面(より硬い側の面)によって抑えられる結果、偏光子の配向乱れが抑えられているためと考えられる。 Moreover, even if the surface protection film contains the plasticizer in Comparative Example 2 and the surface protection film contains the plasticizer, the plasticizer is unevenly distributed on the polarizer side (less unevenly distributed on the touch panel side). In Comparative Example 6, a decrease in contrast occurs due to disorder in the orientation of the polarizer. On the other hand, in Examples 1 to 4 and Comparative Examples 1 and 3 to 5 in which the plasticizer contained in the surface protective film is unevenly distributed on the polarizer side, the contrast is not lowered due to disorder of the orientation of the polarizer. This is because the curing shrinkage of the adhesive at the time of UV adhesion of the surface protective film to the polarizer is suppressed by the surface with less plasticizer (the harder surface) in the surface protective film (cellulose ester film). This is thought to be because the disorder of the orientation of the film is suppressed.
 また、導電フィルムの飛散防止フィルム、偏光板の表面保護フィルムの少なくとも一方が、透湿度の高い光学フィルム(PC、PMMA、COP、PET)である比較例2~5では、偏光子の劣化が生じており、飛散防止フィルムおよび表面保護フィルムの両方が、吸湿性および透湿性の高いセルロースエステルフィルムを含んでいる実施例1~4および比較例1、6では、偏光子の劣化が少ない。これは、水系塗布によって形成される導電層および偏光子(PVA)の水分が、上記両方のセルロースエステルフィルムでトラップされ、これにより、偏光子が上記水分で劣化するのを抑えることができるためと考えられる。特に、表面保護フィルムのセルロースエステルフィルムは、厚さが15~30μmと薄型であるので、偏光子から表面保護フィルムを介して飛散防止フィルムに水が抜けやすくなり、偏光子の水分による劣化が確実に抑えられていると考えられる。 In Comparative Examples 2 to 5, in which at least one of the conductive film scattering prevention film and the polarizing plate surface protective film is an optical film (PC, PMMA, COP, PET) having high moisture permeability, the polarizer is deteriorated. In Examples 1 to 4 and Comparative Examples 1 and 6 in which both the scattering prevention film and the surface protection film contain cellulose ester films having high moisture absorption and moisture permeability, the deterioration of the polarizer is small. This is because the moisture of the conductive layer and the polarizer (PVA) formed by aqueous coating is trapped by both the cellulose ester films, thereby preventing the polarizer from being deteriorated by the moisture. Conceivable. In particular, since the cellulose ester film of the surface protective film is as thin as 15 to 30 μm, it is easy for water to escape from the polarizer to the anti-scattering film through the surface protective film, and the polarizer is surely deteriorated by moisture. It is thought that it is suppressed to.
 以上より、実施例1~4の構成によれば、裏面保護フィルムの位相差変動による表示ムラ、UV照射時の硬化収縮によるPVA配向の乱れ(コントラスト低下)、および水分による偏光子の劣化を全て抑えることができると言える。 As described above, according to the configurations of Examples 1 to 4, display unevenness due to phase difference fluctuations of the back surface protective film, disorder of PVA orientation (contrast reduction) due to curing shrinkage during UV irradiation, and deterioration of the polarizer due to moisture are all caused. It can be said that it can be suppressed.
 なお、上記の実施例とは別に、ガラス基板上に電極層を1層形成したタッチパネルAと、ガラス基板上に電極層を2層(X方向、Y方向の各電極パターン)形成したタッチパネルBとにおいて、ガラス基板のカッティングを行い、電極層の断線による歩留まりを調べたところ、電極層の層数が少ない分、タッチパネルAのほうが歩留まりが良好であり(電極層の断線による不良品の発生率が少なく)、タッチパネルの生産性が高いことがわかった。 Separately from the above embodiment, touch panel A in which one electrode layer is formed on a glass substrate, and touch panel B in which two electrode layers (each electrode pattern in the X direction and Y direction) are formed on the glass substrate; In this case, the glass substrate was cut and the yield due to the disconnection of the electrode layer was examined. As a result, the yield of the touch panel A was better because the number of electrode layers was smaller (the occurrence rate of defective products due to the disconnection of the electrode layer was higher). It was found that touch panel productivity is high.
 なお、実施例では、表示パネルとして液晶表示パネル(LCD)を用いているが、OLEDを用いた場合でも同様の結果が得られるものと考えられる。つまり、表示パネルはLCDであってもよく、OLEDであってもよい。また、OLEDを用いる場合、偏光子に対してOLED側に位置する裏面保護フィルムは、1/4波長板で構成されてもよい。さらに、OLEDのTFT基板は、フィルムなどの樹脂基板で構成されてもよい。 In the embodiment, a liquid crystal display panel (LCD) is used as the display panel, but it is considered that the same result can be obtained even when an OLED is used. That is, the display panel may be an LCD or an OLED. Moreover, when using OLED, the back surface protective film located in the OLED side with respect to a polarizer may be comprised with a quarter wavelength plate. Furthermore, the TFT substrate of the OLED may be composed of a resin substrate such as a film.
 本発明は、ガラス基板上に電極層を有するタッチパネルと、表示パネル上に偏光板を有する表示装置とを、粘着剤層を介して貼り合わせたタッチパネル付き表示装置に利用可能である。 The present invention can be used for a display device with a touch panel in which a touch panel having an electrode layer on a glass substrate and a display device having a polarizing plate on a display panel are bonded together via an adhesive layer.
   1   表示パネル
   2   偏光板
   3   偏光子
   4   フィルム
   4a  フィルム基材(表面保護フィルム、セルロースエステルフィルム)
   4b  ハードコート層
   5   フィルム(裏面保護フィルム)
  10   表示装置
  20   タッチパネル
  21   ガラス基板
  22   電極パターン(電極層)
  24   導電フィルム
  25   飛散防止フィルム
  26   導電層
  30   粘着剤層
DESCRIPTION OF SYMBOLS 1 Display panel 2 Polarizing plate 3 Polarizer 4 Film 4a Film base material (surface protection film, cellulose ester film)
4b Hard coat layer 5 Film (back surface protective film)
DESCRIPTION OF SYMBOLS 10 Display apparatus 20 Touch panel 21 Glass substrate 22 Electrode pattern (electrode layer)
24 conductive film 25 scattering prevention film 26 conductive layer 30 pressure-sensitive adhesive layer

Claims (5)

  1.  ガラス基板上に電極層を有するタッチパネルの前記電極層側と、表示パネル上に偏光板を有する表示装置の前記偏光板側とを、粘着剤層を介して貼り合わせたタッチパネル付き表示装置であって、
     前記タッチパネルの前記電極層は1層で構成され、前記電極層上には導電フィルムが貼り合わされており、
     前記導電フィルムは、セルロースエステルフィルムからなる、前記ガラス基板の飛散を防止するための飛散防止フィルムと、前記飛散防止フィルムに対して前記電極層とは反対側に、導電材料の水系塗布によって形成される導電層とを有しており、
     前記偏光板は、偏光子と、前記偏光子の前記タッチパネル側に紫外線硬化型の接着剤を介して接着される表面保護フィルムと、前記偏光子の前記表示パネル側に紫外線硬化型の接着剤を介して接着される裏面保護フィルムとを備えており、
     前記裏面保護フィルムは、透湿度200g/m/24h以下の光学フィルムであり、
     前記表面保護フィルムは、可塑剤を有する、厚さ15~30μmのセルロースエステルフィルムであり、前記可塑剤が該フィルムの厚さ方向において多く偏在する側とは反対側の面を介して、前記偏光子と接着されていることを特徴とするタッチパネル付き表示装置。
    A display device with a touch panel in which the electrode layer side of a touch panel having an electrode layer on a glass substrate and the polarizing plate side of a display device having a polarizing plate on a display panel are bonded via an adhesive layer. ,
    The electrode layer of the touch panel is composed of one layer, and a conductive film is bonded on the electrode layer,
    The conductive film is made of a cellulose ester film and is formed by a water-based coating of a conductive material on the side opposite to the electrode layer with respect to the scattering prevention film for preventing the glass substrate from scattering. And a conductive layer
    The polarizing plate includes a polarizer, a surface protective film bonded to the touch panel side of the polarizer via an ultraviolet curable adhesive, and an ultraviolet curable adhesive on the display panel side of the polarizer. With a back surface protective film bonded through
    The back surface protective film is a following optical film moisture permeability 200g / m 2 / 24h,
    The surface protective film is a cellulose ester film having a plasticizer and having a thickness of 15 to 30 μm, and the polarizing film passes through a surface opposite to the side where the plasticizer is unevenly distributed in the thickness direction of the film. A display device with a touch panel, which is bonded to a child.
  2.  前記偏光板は、前記表面保護フィルムに対して前記偏光子とは反対側にハードコート層をさらに有していることを特徴とする請求項1に記載のタッチパネル付き表示装置。 The display device with a touch panel according to claim 1, wherein the polarizing plate further includes a hard coat layer on a side opposite to the polarizer with respect to the surface protective film.
  3.  前記導電材料は、導電繊維であることを特徴とする請求項1または2に記載のタッチパネル付き表示装置。 The display device with a touch panel according to claim 1 or 2, wherein the conductive material is a conductive fiber.
  4.  前記導電繊維は、金属ナノワイヤーであることを特徴とする請求項3に記載のタッチパネル付き表示装置。 The display device with a touch panel according to claim 3, wherein the conductive fiber is a metal nanowire.
  5.  前記裏面保護フィルムの前記光学フィルムは、アクリル、環状ポリオレフィン、ポリカーボネートのいずれかの樹脂からなるフィルムであることを特徴とする請求項1から4のいずれかに記載のタッチパネル付き表示装置。 The display device with a touch panel according to any one of claims 1 to 4, wherein the optical film of the back surface protective film is a film made of a resin selected from acrylic, cyclic polyolefin, and polycarbonate.
PCT/JP2013/073134 2012-10-22 2013-08-29 Display device with touch panel WO2014064999A1 (en)

Priority Applications (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2014543171A JP5958550B2 (en) 2012-10-22 2013-08-29 Display device with touch panel
KR1020157009671A KR101662466B1 (en) 2012-10-22 2013-08-29 Display device with touch panel

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2012232630 2012-10-22
JP2012-232630 2012-10-22

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2014064999A1 true WO2014064999A1 (en) 2014-05-01

Family

ID=50544380

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/JP2013/073134 WO2014064999A1 (en) 2012-10-22 2013-08-29 Display device with touch panel

Country Status (3)

Country Link
JP (1) JP5958550B2 (en)
KR (1) KR101662466B1 (en)
WO (1) WO2014064999A1 (en)

Cited By (8)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2016014135A (en) * 2014-06-10 2016-01-28 富士フイルム株式会社 Optical film, polarizing plate, and liquid crystal display device
JP2016071229A (en) * 2014-09-30 2016-05-09 大日本印刷株式会社 Optical film and manufacturing method of optical film, and image display device
JP2016175991A (en) * 2015-03-19 2016-10-06 富士フイルム株式会社 Polarizing plate protection film, polarizing plate, liquid crystal display device, and method for manufacturing polarizing plate protection film
CN111462624A (en) * 2019-01-18 2020-07-28 三星显示有限公司 Protective member, display device, and method for manufacturing protective member
WO2021008011A1 (en) * 2019-07-16 2021-01-21 惠州市华星光电技术有限公司 Touch-control display panel and touch-control display apparatus
TWI735430B (en) * 2015-03-17 2021-08-11 日商半導體能源研究所股份有限公司 Touch panel
JP2021173982A (en) * 2020-04-30 2021-11-01 日東電工株式会社 Polarizing plate and polarizing plate with optical function layer
EP3930422A4 (en) * 2019-02-20 2022-11-23 Tomoegawa Co., Ltd. Sheet-like heater

Citations (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2004291499A (en) * 2003-03-27 2004-10-21 Fuji Photo Film Co Ltd High transmissivity conductive film, its manufacturing method, touch panel and display device with touch panel
JP2012008255A (en) * 2010-06-23 2012-01-12 Fujifilm Corp Polarizing plate and display device with touch panel function

Family Cites Families (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2006024011A (en) * 2004-07-08 2006-01-26 Gunze Ltd Touch panel
JP2011186717A (en) 2010-03-08 2011-09-22 Daiwa Sangyo:Kk Capacitive touch panel and method of manufacturing the same
JP2011209512A (en) 2010-03-30 2011-10-20 Lintec Corp Scattering preventing film for image display device and image display device equipped with the same
JP5458443B2 (en) * 2010-09-14 2014-04-02 株式会社ジャパンディスプレイ Display device with touch detection function and electronic device

Patent Citations (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2004291499A (en) * 2003-03-27 2004-10-21 Fuji Photo Film Co Ltd High transmissivity conductive film, its manufacturing method, touch panel and display device with touch panel
JP2012008255A (en) * 2010-06-23 2012-01-12 Fujifilm Corp Polarizing plate and display device with touch panel function

Cited By (10)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2016014135A (en) * 2014-06-10 2016-01-28 富士フイルム株式会社 Optical film, polarizing plate, and liquid crystal display device
JP2016071229A (en) * 2014-09-30 2016-05-09 大日本印刷株式会社 Optical film and manufacturing method of optical film, and image display device
TWI735430B (en) * 2015-03-17 2021-08-11 日商半導體能源研究所股份有限公司 Touch panel
JP2016175991A (en) * 2015-03-19 2016-10-06 富士フイルム株式会社 Polarizing plate protection film, polarizing plate, liquid crystal display device, and method for manufacturing polarizing plate protection film
CN111462624A (en) * 2019-01-18 2020-07-28 三星显示有限公司 Protective member, display device, and method for manufacturing protective member
CN111462624B (en) * 2019-01-18 2024-01-30 三星显示有限公司 Protective member, display device, and method for manufacturing protective member
EP3930422A4 (en) * 2019-02-20 2022-11-23 Tomoegawa Co., Ltd. Sheet-like heater
WO2021008011A1 (en) * 2019-07-16 2021-01-21 惠州市华星光电技术有限公司 Touch-control display panel and touch-control display apparatus
JP2021173982A (en) * 2020-04-30 2021-11-01 日東電工株式会社 Polarizing plate and polarizing plate with optical function layer
WO2021220729A1 (en) * 2020-04-30 2021-11-04 日東電工株式会社 Polarizing plate and polarizing plate with optical functional layer

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
KR101662466B1 (en) 2016-10-04
KR20150056823A (en) 2015-05-27
JP5958550B2 (en) 2016-08-02
JPWO2014064999A1 (en) 2016-09-08

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
JP5954427B2 (en) Display device with touch panel
JP5958550B2 (en) Display device with touch panel
JP5983758B2 (en) Display device with touch panel
TWI491908B (en) Liquid crystal display device with touch panel
JP5884915B2 (en) Display device with touch panel
TWI503709B (en) Liquid crystal display device with touch panel
JP5935802B2 (en) Method for producing antiglare film
WO2011114884A1 (en) Hard coat film, production method therefor, polarizing plate, and liquid crystal display device
WO2012124323A1 (en) Anti-glare film, method for producing anti-glare film, anti-glare anti-reflection film, polarizing plate, and image display device
WO2017104623A1 (en) Display device having irregular shape
JP5996163B2 (en) Optical film manufacturing method, polarizing plate and image display device
KR20170018044A (en) Conductive film, polarizing plate, and touch panel display device
JP5971121B2 (en) Manufacturing method of optical film
JP6808924B2 (en) Polyester film for optics, polarizing plate using it, transparent conductive film
JP6048506B2 (en) Optical film
JP6540211B2 (en) Optical polyester film, polarizing plate using the same, transparent conductive film
JP2013088438A (en) Optical film, production method of the same, and image display device
WO2016132893A1 (en) Method for producing elongated obliquely stretched film
JP2020076063A (en) Optical polyester film roll
JP2017067820A (en) Optical polyester film and polarizing plate using the same, and transparent conductive film
JP2014061643A (en) Production method of optical film

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 13848920

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 20157009671

Country of ref document: KR

Kind code of ref document: A

Ref document number: 2014543171

Country of ref document: JP

Kind code of ref document: A

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 13848920

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1